Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel. RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2 Reference EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC DN9813242 Issue 25-5 Approval Date 2010-11-01
Jul 05, 2015
Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel. RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2Reference
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
DN9813242
Issue 25-5Approval Date 2010-11-01
2 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802990
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTA-TION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDI-RECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved
f Important Notice on Product Safety Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment. Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.
Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal injury or in property damage.
Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.
The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected has to comply with the applicable safety standards.
The same text in German:
Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit
In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Span-nung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.
Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverlet-zungen und Sachschäden führen.
Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die Anlagen installiert und wartet.
Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
3
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802990
Table of ContentsThis document has 209 pages.
Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC . . . . . . . . . 15
EQC CREATE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
EQD DELETE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <op-tion> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . 71
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS . . . . . . 85
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option> . . . 124
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . 157
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option>202
EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
4 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802990
List of FiguresFigure 1 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Figure 2 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Figure 3 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-
cies when both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Figure 4 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-
quencies when both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Figure 5 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for exam-
ple TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Figure 6 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for
example TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Figure 7 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Figure 8 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Figure 9 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-
cies in case both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Figure 10 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-
quencies in case both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Figure 11 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is,
TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Figure 12 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that
is, TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Figure 13 TCHs after downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
DN9813242Issue 25-5
5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802990
List of TablesTable 1 BTS-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Table 3 BTS-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Table 4 SEG-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Table 5 BTS-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Table 6 SEG-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Table 7 BTS-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Table 8 SEG-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Table 13 BTS-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Table 14 SEG-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Table 15 PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters . . . . . . . . . 185
6 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802990
DN9813242Issue 25-5
7
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changesChanges between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes made to previous issues.
Changes made between issues 25-5 and 25-4EQC CREATE BTS
Execution printout has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS
Execution printout 2 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Execution printout 12 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)
Changes made between issues 25-4 and 25-3EQC CREATE BTS
The default parameter values of the miscellaneous parameters have been updated. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down thresh-old and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down.
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
The description of parameter antenna hopping has been modified with Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus BTS updates.
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO), and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. Command example and execution printout has been modified. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Auto-matic Power down.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO),
8 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down.
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS
Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added.
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS
Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added.
Changes made between issues 25-3 and 25-2EQC CREATE BTS
The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the table of deafult values of miscellaneous parameters.
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters.
Changes made between issues 25-2 and 25-1EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters.
Changes made between issues 25-1 and 25-0EQC CREATE BTS
A new parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW), has been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly.
The default values for miscellaneous parameters have been updated in the Additional information section.
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
New parameters SDCCH measurement report sending (SMREPS), interval measurement report sending (IMREPS), FACCH busy thresh-old (FACHBT), RACH busy threshold (RACHBT), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL (RSRDL), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL (RSRUL), repeated SACCH in DL (RSDL), repeated SACCH in UL (RSUL), enable temporary overpower (ETOP), repeated FACCH in DL
DN9813242Issue 25-5
9
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes
Id:0900d8058080262b
(RFDL), repeated FACCH in UL (RFUL), apply repeated FACCH (ARF), carrier unit configuration (CUCONF), and TX diversity time shift TXDIV) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execu-tion printouts have been updated accordingly. SEG-specific parameters in command M have been updated in Additional information.
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the exe-cution printout.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the exe-cution printout.
BTSplus specific parameters have been added to the execution printout of the command.
Changes made between issues 25-0 and 24-0EQC CREATE BTS
The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Back-ground Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.
Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the Additional information section.
Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the Additional information section.
Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAM-ETERS
The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), and Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS) have been removed.
The value range of parameters mobile allocation frequency list (MAL), underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL), DFCA mobile alloca-
10 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
tion frequency lists (DMAL), and DFCA unsynchronized mode MA fre-quency list (DUMAL) has been updated.
Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>
The value range of parameter identification of BCCH frequency list (IDLE) has been updated.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
The background parameters Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Back-ground BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Background Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.
Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
11
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes
Id:0900d8058080262b
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
New BTS-specific parameters DLDC enabled (DCENA) and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS <option>
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Five new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), and AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the execution printouts.
Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the execution printouts.
The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Back-ground Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.
Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
12 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE
BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.
Changes made between issues 24-0 and 23-2EQC CREATE BTS
Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC),GPRS cell barred (GBAR),GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL),reselection time (RES),AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2),AMR HR thresh-old 3 (HRT3),PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB),PRACH blocks (PRB),calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed.
Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unac-knowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowl-edged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA),initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU),AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3),minimum FDD threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL),AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added to the Additional information section.
The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD).
The unit of measurement in the default values of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated.
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC) and GPRS cell barred (GBAR) have been removed.
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS
DN9813242Issue 25-5
13
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes
Id:0900d8058080262b
Parameters GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL), and reselection time (RES) have been removed.
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS
Parameters PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB), and PRACH blocks (PRB) have been removed.
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD).
Optionality for parameters threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP),fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD),gprs fdd cell reselect offset (GFDD),minimum fdd threshold (FDM), and gprs minimum fdd threshold (GFDM) has been added to the syntax.
Parameters calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed.
Parameters minimum fdd threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL), and AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the exe-cution printouts have been updated accordingly.
The value range for Flexi EDGE base station has been added to the description of parameter radius extension (EXT).
The description of parameter gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP) has been updated.
The unit of measurement in the value range of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated. The execution printout has been updated accordingly.
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unac-knowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowl-edged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA), and initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the execution printouts have been updated accordingly.
The parameter values of EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays (EAW) have been updated.
14 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080262b
Summary of changes
New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the print-outs.
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS
The description of parameters QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QGURT) and QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QEURT) has been updated.
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Parameters AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, command example, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly.
Parameters AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2), and AMR HR threshold 3 (HRT3) have been removed.
The value range of parameter AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3) has been corrected.
The description of parameters AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1),AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2), and AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3),AMR HR hys-teresis 1 (HRH1),AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2), and AMR HR hystere-sis 3 (HRH3) has been updated.
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Execution printouts have been updated because of the new and removed parameters. Also the execution printout abbreviations section has been updated.
New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the print-outs.
Description of abbreviation BL-SWO has been updated, and abbrevia-tions BL-CF,BL-CU, and BL-FU have been removed.
The unit of measurement of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated in the execution printout.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
15
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING INBSC
Id:0900d8058061d1b5
EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSCThe commands of this command group are used for handling the BTS parameters and SEG parameters when the segment usage <option> is ON in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Menu of the command group:
BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC COMMANDS? ..... DISPLAY MENUC: ..... CREATE BTSD: ..... DELETE BTSA: ..... MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERSB: ..... MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>E: ..... MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERSF: ..... MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERSG: ..... MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERSH: ..... MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERSJ: ..... MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERSK: ..... MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERSM: ..... MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERST: ..... MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>V: ..... MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>N: ..... MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERSX: ..... MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>Y: ..... MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>Q: ..... CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELLS <option>O: ..... OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERSI: ..... OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option>U: ..... CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>S: ..... CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATEZ; ..... RETURN TO MAIN LEVEL
16 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
EQC CREATE BTSFunction With this command you create a BTS into the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configu-
ration Database). After the creation, the BTS is in LOCKED state.
Parameters BCF identification, BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>, reference BTS identification, reference BTS name: cell identity, fre-quency band in use, cell number in BTS HW: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code: BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>: GPRS enabled <option>, routing area code <option>, network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>;
Syntax
EQC : BCF = <BCF identification>, BTS = <BTS identification>, [[ NAME = <BTS name> | <no name> def ] [ SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | <BTS identification> def ] [ SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> | <BTS name> def ] [ REF = <reference BTS identification> | RNAME= <reference BTS name> ]] :
CI = <cell identity>,BAND = <frequency band in use> CHW = <cell number in BTS HW> :
NCC = <network colour code>, BCC = <BTS colour code> :
MCC = <mobile country code>, MNC = <mobile network code>, LAC = <location area code> :
[[ HOP = <BTS hopping mode> | N def ] [ UHOP = <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | N def ] HSN1 = <hopping sequence number 1> | HSN2 = <hopping sequence number 2> | UHSN = <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> ] ... :
[[ GENA = <GPRS enabled> | N def <option> ] [ RAC = <routing area code> | 255 def <option> ] [[ NSEI = <network service entity identifier> <option> ] | [ TRAT = <transport type> | ANY def <option> ] | [ PSEI = <packet service entity identifier> ]]] <option> ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BCF identification
BCF = decimal number
DN9813242Issue 25-5
17
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
With this parameter you identify the BCF. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
The parameter is obligatory.
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS to be created. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
The parameter is obligatory.
When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with a SEG-specific value. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you name the BTS. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.
The default is that the BTS does not have a name.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same SEG identification has been created earlier:
When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
The default is the same as the BTS identification number.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you name the segment. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.
SEG identification does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
SEG identification exists: The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
18 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same segment name has been created earlier:
When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
The default is the same as the BTS name when you create a new segment.
reference BTS identification
REF = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the reference BTS. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter RNAME.
If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS.
When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional infor-mation.
If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information.
reference BTS name
RNAME = text string
With this parameter you give the name of the reference BTS. The BTS name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter REF.
If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH
SEG name does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
SEG name exists: The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
19
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS.
When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional infor-mation.
If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information.
cell identity
CI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
frequency band in use
With this parameter you indicate the frequency band used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800 (800), GSM 900 (900), GSM 1800 (1800), and GSM 1900 (1900). The values are:
The parameter is obligatory.
Cell Number In BTS HW
With this parameter you define the Cell Number, which is used in BTSplus, to associate the HW with the functional object BTS. BTSplus is the only site that uses this parameter.
network colour code
NCC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
BTS colour code
BCC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
mobile country code
MCC = decimal number
Parameter Value Explanation
BAND = 800 ARFCN 128...251
900 ARFCN 1...124 and 975...1023, 0
1800 ARFCN 512...885
1900 ARFCN 512...810
20 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
mobile network code
MNC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.
location area code
LAC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.
BTS hopping mode
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. In the case of hopping intelligent underlay-overlay (IUO), you define the hopping mode of the overlay layer. The values are:
If you enter the value BB, you must also enter both parameters HSN1 and HSN2.
If you enter the value RF, you must also enter the parameter HSN1. Note that radio fre-quency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.
If you enter the value N, parameters HSN1 and HSN2 are optional.
BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.
underlay BTS hopping mode <option>
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
HOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.
RF Radio frequency hopping is used.
N Hopping is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
UHOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.
RF Radio frequency hopping is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
21
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
If you enter the value BB or RF, you must also enter the parameter UHSN.
If you enter the value N, parameter UHSN is optional.
Radio frequency hopping is not supported in the 2nd generation base stations.
BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.
hopping sequence number 1
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 1 and in RF hopping. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.
In baseband hopping, HSN1 is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group.
In radio frequency hopping, HSN1 is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected.
The values are:
hopping sequence number 2
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 2. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence gen-eration algorithm.
In baseband hopping, HSN2 is used with the hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group.
In radio frequency hopping, HSN2 is not used.
The values are:
underlay hopping sequence number <option>
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in the underlay layer of the IUO cell. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.
The values are:
N Hopping is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
HSN1 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1 - 63 Random hopping is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
HSN2 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1 - 63 Random hopping is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
22 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
GPRS enabled <option>
With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell.
routing area code <option>
RAC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255.
network service entity identifier <option>
NSEI = decimal number
With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG will be connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the network service entity identifier must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using.
You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI.
transport type <option>
With this parameter you can manually select the transport type of the network service entity identifier which the BTS/SEG will use. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in network service entity identifier selection.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.
packet service entity identifier <option>
PSEI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y.
Parameter Value Explanation
UHSN = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1 - 63 Random hopping is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
GENA = Y GPRS is enabled.
N GPRS is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
TRAT= IP NSEI which uses IP transport is selected.
FR NSEI which uses FR transport is selected.
ANY No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
23
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT.
Examples 1. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. A reference BTS-1 is used to obtain base values for other BTS parameters used in the creation. Baseband frequency hopping is used.
ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1,REF=1:CI=33,BAND=900: NCC=3,BCC=4:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=BB,UHOP=BB,HSN1=2,HSN2=3,UHSN=5;
2. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. In the creation, default values are used for other BTS parameters.
ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=33,BAND=900:NCC=3,BCC=4:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=N;
Additional informa-tion
Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = BCC + NCC. Location Area Identification (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC.
If the warning
BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS
is output, give the MML command EAT to find out adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore.
The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies. Note that BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
Figure 1 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies
LAYER
overlay
(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
BCCH
HSN1
HSN2
24 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
Figure 2 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies
Figure 3 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-cies when both layers have BB hopping on
LAYER
overlay(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
HSN1
LAYER
overlay
(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH
HSN1
underlay
(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX-4
TRX-5
TRX-6
HSN2
UHSN
DN9813242Issue 25-5
25
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
Figure 4 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-quencies when both layers have RF hopping on
Figure 5 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)
LAYER
overlay(regularfrequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
underlay(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX-4
TRX-5
TRX-6
HSN1
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
UHSN
LAYER
underlay(super-reusefrequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH
HSN1
UHSN
26 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
Figure 6 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)
If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS and segment parameters during creation.
The default values for cell access parameters are:
LAYER
underlay(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
UHSN
Name Parameter Default value More information
CELL BARRED BAR N SEG-specific parameter
CALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED
RE N SEG-specific parameter
EMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED
EC N SEG-specific parameter
PLMN PERMITTED PLMN NETWORK COLOUR CODE
SEG-specific parameter
NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES
ACC – SEG-specific parameter
ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND
DBC Y for Dual Band cells. N for cells that do not belong to the frequency bands of the Dual Band.
SEG-specific parameter
DIRECTED RETRY USED
DR N SEG-specific parameter
INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED
IDR N SEG-specific parameter
CELL TYPE CTY GSM SEG-specific parameter
MIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY
MIDR 0 SEG-specific parameter
MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY
MADR 5 SEG-specific parameter
DN9813242Issue 25-5
27
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
The default values for radio link control DL parameters are:
The default values for queuing parameters are:
DIRECTED RETRY METHOD
DRM 0 SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS
HYS 4 dB SEG-specific parameter
MS TXPWR MAX CCH
TXP1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter
MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00
TXP2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter
RXLEV ACCESS MIN
RXP -105 dBm SEG-specific parameter
RADIO LINK TIMEOUT
RLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter
POWER OFFSET PO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter
GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN
GRXP -105 dBm SEG-specific parameter
GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH
GTXP1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter
GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00
GTXP2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter
GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT
GPU -95 dBm BTS-specific parameter
GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT
GPL -100 dBm BTS-specific parameter
DIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD
DIRE 0 SEG-specific parameter
RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS
RRH 4 dB SEG-specific parameter
PRIORITY CLASS PRC 0 SEG-specific parameter
HCS THRESHOLD HCS - SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
MAX QUEUE LENGTH
MQL 50% SEG-specific parameter
TIME LIMIT CALL TLC 10 SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
28 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
The default values for CCH configuration parameters are:
The default values for interference averaging parameters are:
TIME LIMIT HANDOVER
TLH 5 SEG-specific parameter
QUEUE PRIORITY USED
QPU Y SEG-specific parameter
QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL
QPC 10 SEG-specific parameter
QUEUEING PRIORITY HANDOVER
QPH 9 SEG-specific parameter
QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER
QPN 9 SEG-specific parameter
MS PRIORITY USED
MPU Y SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG
AG 1 SEG-specific parameter
NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES
MFR 4 SEG-specific parameter
TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING
PER 0.5 HOURS SEG-specific parameter
ALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH
ATT Y SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
C/N THRESHOLD CNT 0 (NOT USED) BTS-specific parameter
AVERAGING PERIOD
AP 6 SEG-specific parameter
BOUNDARY 0 BO0 -110 dBm BTS-specific parameter
BOUNDARY 1 BO1 -105 dBm BTS-specific parameter
BOUNDARY 2 BO2 -100 dBm BTS-specific parameter
BOUNDARY 3 BO3 -095 dBm BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
29
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
The default values for miscellaneous parameters are:
BOUNDARY 4 BO4 -090 dBm BTS-specific parameter
BOUNDARY 5 BO5 -047 dBm BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DTX MODE DTX 2 SEG-specific parameter
BTS MEASURE AVERAGE
BMA 1 SEG-specific parameter
MS TX PWR MAX GSM
PMAX1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter
MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00
PMAX2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter
MS TXPWR MIN PMIN 5 dBm in GSM 800 and GSM 900 / 0 dBm in GSM 1800 and GSM 1900
BTS-specific parameter
MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION
RET 4 SEG-specific parameter
MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION
NY1 5 SEG-specific parameter
NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS
SLO 10 SEG-specific parameter
SMS CB USED CB N SEG-specific parameter
BTS LOAD THRESHOLD
BLT 70% SEG-specific parameter
MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SET-UP
DMAX 255 (NO REJECTION)
SEG-specific parameter
TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION
TRP 0 SEG-specific parameter
CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH
CLC 0% SEG-specific parameter
RX DIVERSITY RDIV N BTS-specific parameter
TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER
TRIH 0 SEG-specific parameter
THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS
QSRI never SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
30 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS
QSRP never SEG-specific parameter
FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET
FDD N SEG-specific parameter
LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES
FRL 100% SEG-specific parameter
UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES
FRU 0% SEG-specific parameter
AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES
AFRL 100% SEG-specific parameter
AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES
AFRU 0% SEG-specific parameter
NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT
NECI N SEG-specific parameter
RADIUS EXTENSION
EXT 0 BTS-specific parameter
SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION
SEXT 0 BTS-specific parameter
MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING
MBR 1 SEG-specific parameter
EARLY SENDING INDICATION
ESI Y SEG-specific parameter
NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET
NBL 0 dBm BTS-specific parameter
BTS LOAD IN SEG LSEG 70 BTS-specific paramete
SCALE ORD SCO 0 SEG-specific parameter
AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD
AUT N SEG-specific parameter
AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD
ALT N SEG-specific parameter
AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL
AML N SEG-specific parameter
TRHO GUARD TIME
TGT N SEG-specific parameter
DL NOISE LEVEL DLN -117 dBm BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
31
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
UL NOISE LEVEL ULN -117 dBm BTS-specific parameter
STIRC ENABLED STIRC N BTS-specific parameter
EXTENDED BCCH ENABLED
EBENA N SEG-specific parameter
IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED
ISIC 0 BTS-specific parameter
2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD
PWDT 0 SEG-specific parameter
2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD
PWUT 4 SEG-specific parameter
MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED
MPE N SEG-specific parameter
CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX
PI N SEG-specific parameter
CELL BAR QUALIFY
QUA N SEG-specific parameter
CELL RESELECT OFFSET
REO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter
TEMPORARY OFFSET
TEO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter
PENALTY TIME PET 20 s SEG-specific parameter
MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD
FDM -12 dB SEG-specific parameter
MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET
FDMO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter
MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD
FDR -102 dB SEG-specific parameter
DFCA MODE DMOD OFF BTS-specific parameter
FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD
FHR 15 BTS-specific parameter
FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD
FHT 0 BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
32 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD
FAHT 0 BTS-specific parameter
FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS
FHH 3 BTS-specific parameter
IBHO GSM ENABLED
IGE N SEG-specific parameter
IBHO WCDMA ENABLED
IWE N SEG-specific parameter
SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING
SMREPS N BTS-specific parameter
INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING
IMREPS 8 BTS -specific parameter
FACH BUSY THRESHOLD
FACHBT 109 dBm BTS -specific parameter
RACH BUSY THRESHOLD
RACHBT 109 dBm BTS -specific parameter
REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL
RSRDL 10 SEG -specific parameter
REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL
RSRUL 7 SEG -specific parameter
REPEATED SACCH IN DL
RSDL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter
REPEATED SACCH IN UL
RSUL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter
ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER
ETOP DISABLED SEG -specific parameter
REPEATED FACCH IN DL
RFDL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter
REPEATED FACCH IN UL
RFUL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter
APPLY REPEATED FACCH
ARF N SEG -specific parameter
CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION
CUCONF HOMOGENEOUS BTS -specific parameter
TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT
TXDIV DISABLED BTS -specific parameter
GSM PRIORITY GPRIO 7 SEG -specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
33
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
The default values for trunk reservation parameters are:
TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) - 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) - 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) - 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -
The default values for data service parameters are:
WCDMA PRIORITY WPRIO 6 SEG -specific parameter
PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD
PSTHR 15 SEG -specific parameter
LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD
LPTHR 15 SEG -specific parameter
RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS
HPRIO 0 SEG -specific parameter
TIME HYSTERESIS
TIMEH 1 SEG -specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
TRUNK RESERVATION USED
TR N SEG-specific parameter
LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS
LIMIT 16 SEG-specific parameter
TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS
TCRP 0 SEG-specific parameter
RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS
RUP Y SEG-specific parameter
RESERVATION METHOD
REM DYN SEG-specific parameter
TRAFFIC TYPES TT - SEG-specific parameter
TABLE IDENTIFICATION
TBL - SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
34 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
The default values for GPRS parameters are:
Name Parameter Default value More information
HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM
HTM 100% SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT
HCU 100% SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT
HCL 100% SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT
HRCU 100% SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME
HUT 0 SECONDS SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME
HDT 0 SECONDS SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD UPGRADE GAIN
HUG 0% SEG-specific parameter
HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST
HME 1 SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
GPRS ENABLED GENA N SEG-specific parameter
EGPRS ENABLED EGENA N BTS-specific parameter
ROUTING AREA CODE
RAC 255 SEG-specific parameter
DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY
CDED 0% BTS-specific parameter
DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY
CDEF 1% BTS-specific parameter
MAX GPRS CAPACITY
CMAX 100% BTS-specific parameter
PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS
BFG 0 SEG-specific parameter
DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD
DLA 20% SEG-specific parameter
UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD
ULA 10% SEG-specific parameter
DN9813242Issue 25-5
35
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP
DLB 90% SEG-specific parameter
UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP
ULB 90% SEG-specific parameter
DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP
DLBH 20% SEG-specific parameter
UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP
ULBH 24% SEG-specific parameter
CODING SCHEME NO HOP
COD 2 SEG-specific parameter
CODING SCHEME HOP
CODH 0 SEG-specific parameter
INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
MCA 6 SEG-specific parameter
INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
MCU 5 SEG-specific parameter
MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
BLA 90 SEG-specific parameter
MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
BLU 10 SEG-specific parameter
MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK
MBG 0 SEG-specific parameter
MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK
MBP 0 SEG-specific parameter
EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED
ELA 2 SEG-specific parameter
CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED
CS34 N BTS-specific parameter
DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
DCSA 1 BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
36 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
UCSA 1 BTS-specific parameter
DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
DCSU 1 BTS-specific parameter
UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
UCSU 1 BTS-specific parameter
ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM
ALA Y BTS-specific parameter
EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED
EXGENA N SEG-specific parameter
EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD
EXKEEP 15 s SEG-specific parameter
DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
DCSEA 0 BTS-specific parameter
DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
DCSEU 0 BTS-specific parameter
UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
UCSEA 0 BTS-specific parameter
UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
UCSEU 0 BTS-specific parameter
INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE
MCEA 1 SEG-specific parameter
INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE
MCEU 1 SEG-specific parameter
NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER
NSEI – SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
37
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
The default values for AMR parameters are:
TRANSPORT TYPE
TRAT ANY SEG-specific parameter
PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER
PSEI - SEG-specific parameter
BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4
TFU 12 BTS-specific parameter
BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4
TFD 12 BTS-specific parameter
BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4
TFUM1 16 BTS-specific parameter
BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9
TFUM 30 BTS-specific parameter
BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9
TFDM 30 BTS-specific parameter
EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS
EAW NONE BTS-specific parameter
EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME
EAS 08-00 BTS-specific parameter
EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME
EAE 18-00 BTS-specific parameter
DLDC ENABLED DCENA N BTS-specific parameter
PCU UP TO DATE PUTD Y BTS-specific parameter
DTM ENABLED DENA N SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT
ARLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
38 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
AMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT
AHRLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter
AMR FR CODEC MODE SET
FRC 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s
BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR CODEC MODE SET
HRC 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s
BTS-specific parameter
AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET
ACMS N BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR START MODE
FRS 00 BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)
FRI 0 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1
FRTD1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2
FRTD2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3
FRTD3 11 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1
FRTU1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2
FRTU2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3
FRTU3 11 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1
HRTD1 11 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2
HRTD2 14 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3
HRTD3 0 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1
HRTU1 11 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2
HRTD2 14 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3
HRTD3 0 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR HYSTERESIS 1
FRH1 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR HYSTERESIS 2
FRH2 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR FR HYSTERESIS 3
FRH3 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR START MODE
HRS 00 BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
39
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
The default values for BCCH frequency list usage parameters are:
The default values for frequency hopping parameters are:
AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)
HRI 0 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR HYSTERESIS 1
HRH1 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR HYSTERESIS 2
HRH2 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR HR HYSTERESIS 3
HRH3 0 (0 dB) BTS-specific parameter
AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1
AFRT1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2
AFRT2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1
AFRH1 2 dB BTS-specific parameter
AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2
AFRH2 2 dB BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
IDENTIFICATION OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST
IDLE 0 (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)
SEG-specific parameter
BCCH ALLOCATION USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS
ACT ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)
SEG-specific parameter
MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST
MEAS 1 (YES) SEG-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST
MAL – BTS-specific parameter
UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST
UMAL – BTS-specific parameter
MAIO OFFSET MO 0 BTS-specific parameter
UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET
UMO 0 BTS-specific parameter
MAIO STEP MS 1 BTS-specific parameter
Name Parameter Default value More information
40 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
The NECI and C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1.
UNDERLAY MAIO STEP
UMS 1 BTS-specific parameter
DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST
DMAL – BTS-specific parameter
DFCA MA LIST OPERATION
OPE – BTS-specific parameter
DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQUENCY LIST
DUMAL – BTS-specific parameter
Parameter Name
BCF BCF identification
BTS BTS identification
NAME BTS name
REF reference BTS identification
RNAME reference BTS name
BAND frequency band in use
HOP BTS hopping mode
UHOP underlay BTS hopping mode
HSN1 hopping sequence number 1
HSN2 hopping sequence number 2
UHSN underlay hopping sequence number
Table 1 BTS-specific parameters in command C
Parameter Name
SEG SEG identification
SEGNAME SEG name
CI cell identity
NCC network colour code
BCC BTS colour code
MCC mobile country code
MNC mobile network code
LAC location area code
GENA GPRS enabled
Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C
Name Parameter Default value More information
DN9813242Issue 25-5
41
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
When the first BTS of the segment is created, the system creates the GPC object. The parameters are SEG-specific. The following default values are used:
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQC:BCF=20,BTS=1,SEGNAME=BIGCENTRUM020,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=12,BAND=900,CHW=0:NCC=2,BCC=4: MCC=111,MNC=22,LAC=34567:HOP=RF,UHOP=N,HSN1=3,HSN2=1:GENA=Y,PSEI=13;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2009-06-10 13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS :===============================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM020BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINED
CELL IDENTITY............................ (CI)..... 00033
RAC routing area code
NSEI network service entity identifier
PSEI packet service entity identifier
TRAT transport type
Name Parameter Default value
NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size
NRTW 5
NCCR rxlev idle mode window size
NRIW 6
NCCR number of zero results
NNZR 2
NCCR other PCU cell offset NOPO 4 dB
QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold
QGDRT 6 kbit/s
QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold
QGURT 6 kbit/s
QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold
QEDRT 10 kbit/s
QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold
QEURT 10 kbit/s
Parameter Name
Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C (Cont.)
42 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258d
EQC CREATE BTS
FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900
BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)
NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 2 BACKGROUND NETWORK COLOUR CODE........(BNCC)... –
BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4 BACKGROUND BTS COLOUR CODE............(BBCC)... –
LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567
BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... RFBACKGROUND BTS HOPPING MODE..............(BHOP)... -UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... NBACKGROUND UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.....(BUHOP).. -
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... - BACKGROUND MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.....(BMAL)... -
UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... - BG UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST....(BUMAL).. -
DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. -
HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... 3 BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..(BHSN1).. -
HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... 1 BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..(BHSN2).. -
UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... 0 BG UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER...(BUHSN).. -
GPRS ENABLED.............................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(PSEI)... 13
SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX.................................... 0 PCU INDEX..................................... 3 PCU ID........................................ 2 PCU OBJECT STATE.............................. WORKING
NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(NSEI).. 00032 00033 00034 BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...(BVCI)... 10001
ROUTING AREA CODE........................(RAC).... 255
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
DN9813242Issue 25-5
43
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS
Id:0900d8058080258d
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
44 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1bb
EQD DELETE BTS
EQD DELETE BTSFunction With this command you delete a BTS from the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configu-
ration Database). The BTS has to be in the LOCKED state before you can delete it.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: delete incoming adjacent cells;
SyntaxEQD : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :
[ <delete incoming adjacent cells> | N def ] ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the number of the BTS to be deleted. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the name of the BTS to be deleted. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.
delete incoming adjacent cells
With this parameter you indicate whether the adjacent cells are deleted. The values are:
Y Adjacent cells are deleted.
N Adjacent cells are not deleted.
The default value is N.
If the segment contains more than one BTS, this parameter is not in use.
Examples 1. Delete BTS-20 from the BSDATA.
ZEQD:BTS=20;
2. Delete BTS HIGHWAY1 from the BSDATA.
ZEQD:NAME=HIGHWAY1;
Additional informa-tion
Before the command is executed, the system asks for confirmation:
CONFIRM COMMAND EXECUTION: Y/N ?
Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 1 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS-0020 CENTRUM1 DELETED FROM BSC DATABASE
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
DN9813242Issue 25-5
45
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQD DELETE BTS
Id:0900d8058061d1bb
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
46 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1be
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FRE-QUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS
Function With this command you define the mobile allocation usage of the BTS.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: mobile allocation frequency list, underlay mobile alloca-tion frequency list <option>, MAIO offset, underlay MAIO offset <option>, MAIO step <option>, underlay MAIO step <option>, DFCA mobile allocation lists <option>, DFCA operation type <option>, DFCA unsynchronized mode MA list <option>;
SyntaxEQA : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> :
( MAL = <mobile allocation frequency list> | UMAL = <underlay mobile allocation frequency list> <option> | MO = <MAIO offset> | UMO = <underlay MAIO offset> <option> | MS = <MAIO step> <option> | UMS = <underlay MAIO step> <option> | DMAL = <DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists> <option> | OPE = <DFCA operation type> <option> | DUMAL = <DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list> <option> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when attaching or detaching the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs. The value ALL attaches or detaches the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to or from all DFCA BTSs.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS with its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach or detach the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.
mobile allocation frequency list
MAL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS will be attached.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
47
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCYLIST USAGE PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1be
The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the mobile allo-cation frequency list.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
underlay mobile allocation frequency list <option>
UMAL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be attached.
The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS's underlay layer from a mobile allocation frequency list.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
MAIO offset
MO = decimal number
With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO (Mobile Allocation Index Offset) value per sector. The values range from 0 to 62.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
underlay MAIO offset <option>
UMO = decimal number
With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the underlay layer per sector.
The values range from 0 to 62.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
MAIO step <option>
MS = decimal number
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value. The values range from 1 to 62.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
underlay MAIO step <option>
UMS = decimal number
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated suc-cessively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value.
The values range from 1 to 62.
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.
DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists <option>
DMAL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS.
48 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1be
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS
The values range from 1 to 32.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. If more than one BTS identification or name has been given, grouping characters cannot be used.
DFCA MA list operation <option>
With this parameter you add or remove valid DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to/from the BTS.
If you give this parameter, you must also give the DMAL parameter.
DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list <option>
DUMAL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the DFCA unsynchronised mode MA list. The MA list is to be used in the DFCA TRXs if a BTS in 'DFCA hopping' mode loses synchronisation or BSC-BSC connection. This is a reference to any existing normal (non-DFCA) MA list defined in the BSC.
The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the DFCA unsyn-chronised mode MA frequency list.
Examples 1. Attach BTS-8 to mobile allocation frequency list 3 and set MAIO offset to 2.
ZEQA:BTS=8:MAL=3,MO=2;
2. Detach BTS CENTRUM1 from the mobile allocation frequency list.
ZEQA:NAME=CENTRUM1:MAL=0;
Additional informa-tion
(trx-1) * ms + mo < fma
where
TRX= the number of underlay/overlay unlocked hopping TRXs in the cell
ms= underlay/overlay MAIO step
mo= underlay/overlay MAIO offset
fma= the number of frequencies in the associated underlay/overlay mobile allocation frequency list
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQA:BTS=16:MAL=10,MO=3;
is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 01:58:00
Parameter Value Explanation
OPE = A Add DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to the BTS.
R Remove DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) from the BTS.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
49
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCYLIST USAGE PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1be
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================================
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM002BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... 10UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... -DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. -
MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... 3UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... 0MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... 1UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... 1
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
ZEQA:BTS=50:MAL=0;
is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 01:58:00
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0050 CENTRUM50-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... -UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... -DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. -
MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... 3UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... 0MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... 1UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... 1
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
50 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1be
EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
51
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>
Function With this command you define the BCCH allocation usage of the BTS or SEG. The command is optional.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: iden-tification of BCCH frequency list, BCCH allocation usage for active MS, measurement BCCH Allocation list;
SyntaxEQB : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) :
( IDLE = <identification of BCCH frequency list> | ACT = <BCCH allocation usage for active MS> MEAS = <measurement BCCH Allocation list> ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
52 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments.
identification of BCCH frequency list
IDLE = decimal number
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by idle MSS. This list is used for cell reselection and is sent on the BCCH.
The values range from 0 to 3000.
If the value is 0, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS.
Do not connect the BTS to a BCCH frequency list which has no frequencies defined, because then the MS is not able to make handovers to other cells.
BCCH allocation usage for active MS
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by active MSS. This list is used for handovers and is sent on the SACCH. The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
ACT = ADJ If the value is ADJ, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS. Normally, the BTS operates this way.
IDLE If the value is IDLE, the active MSS use the same BCCH frequency list as the idle MSS. The BCCH frequency list is defined by the BTS. If the value of the parameter IDLE is 0, the active MSS use the BCCH frequency list of the adjcent cells.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
53
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
measurement BCCH Allocation list
With this parameter you define whether or not Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used during measurements when necessary. The values are:
Examples 1. Attach BCCH frequency list 5 to BTS-2. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 5. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed accord-ing to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS.
ZEQB:BTS=2:IDLE=5;
2. Set both BCCH allocations to be formed according to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQB:NAME=CENTRUM1:IDLE=0;
3. Attach BCCH frequency list 6 to BTS-3. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 6. Also, tell the active MSS to measure the frequencies in that list. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed according to the same fre-quency list as for idle MSS. Now, the active MSS may acquire some extra BCCH frequencies into their measurement routine, but nevertheless no handovers can be made towards those extra cells.
ZEQB:BTS=3:IDLE=6,ACT=IDLE;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQB:BTS=7:IDLE=10;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:======================================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
D. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 10BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
Parameter Value Explanation
MEAS = Y Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used.
N Measurement BCCH Allocation List is not used.
54 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1c1
EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>
ZEQB:SEG=1:IDLE=8;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
SEGMENT BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==============================================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------
ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 8BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
55
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAM-ETERS
Function With this command you modify the BTS or SEG identification parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
When you modify the parameters, the BTS or the SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command E and SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: new BTS name, new SEG name <option>, cell identity, network colour code, BTS colour code, mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code, BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>, antenna hopping <option>;
SyntaxEQE : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( NEWNAME = <new BTS name> | NEWSEGNAME = <new SEG name> <option> | CI = <cell identity> | NCC = <network colour code> | BCC = <BTS colour code> | MCC = <mobile country code> | MNC = <mobile network code> | LAC = <location area code> | HOP = <BTS hopping mode> | UHOP = <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | HSN1 = <hopping sequence number 1> | HSN2 = <hopping sequence number 2> | UHSN = <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> | AHOP = <antenna hopping> <option> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
56 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.
new BTS name
NEWNAME = text string
With this parameter you define the new name of the BTS. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.
You can remove the name by giving the character '-'. See Example 4.
new SEG name <option>
NEWSEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you define the new name of the segment. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.
You can remove the name by giving the character '-'.
cell identity
CI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535.
You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration.
network colour code
NCC = decimal number
DN9813242Issue 25-5
57
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058078e036
With this parameter you define the number of the network colour code. The values range from 0 to 7.
When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.
BTS colour code
BCC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of the BTS colour code. The values range from 0 to 7.
When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.
mobile country code
MCC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of the mobile country code. The values range from 0 to 999.
☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).
mobile network code
MNC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of the mobile network code. The values range from 0 to 99.
Optional values range from 0 to 999.
☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).
☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.
location area code
LAC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the location area code. The values range from 1 to 65533.
☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).
You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration.
BTS hopping mode
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state.
Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.
58 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.
BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping.
The values are:
underlay BTS hopping mode <option>
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state.
Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.
g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.
BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.
When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping.
The values are:
hopping sequence number 1
With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 1 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.
In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group.
In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
HOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.
RF Radio frequency hopping is used.
N Hopping is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
UHOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.
RF Radio frequency hopping is used.
N Hopping is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
HSN1 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1...63 Random hopping is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
59
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058078e036
hopping sequence number 2
With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 2 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.
In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group.
In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is not used.
The values are:
underlay hopping sequence number <option>
With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number of the underlay layer. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.
The values are:
antenna hopping <option>
With this parameter you define whether or not antenna hopping is used in the BTS.
The values are:
g Only UltraSite EDGE, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio hardware and EDGE transceivers (TRX) support antenna hopping.
Examples 1. Modify the BTS identification parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQE:BTS=20:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344,HOP=RF,HSN1=2;
2. Modify the parameter HOP of BTS-20.
ZEQE:BTS=20:HOP=N;
3. Change the name of the BTS HIGHWAY24 to CENTRUM1.
ZEQE:NAME=HIGHWAY24:NEWNAME=CENTRUM1;
4. Remove the name of BTS-20.
ZEQE:BTS=20:NEWNAME=-;
Parameter Value Explanation
HSN2 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1...63 Random hopping is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
UHSN = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.
1...63 Random hopping is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
AHOP = Y Antenna hopping is used.
N Antenna hopping is not used.
60 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Additional informa-tion
Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = NCC + BCC.
Location Area Id (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC.
If the warning
BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS
is output, use the EAT command to find out the adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination of BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore.
The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies.
g Baseband (BB) and radio frequency (RF) hopping cannot be used in the base trans-ceiver station (BTS) at the same time.
Figure 7 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies
Figure 8 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies
LAYER
overlay
(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
BCCH
HSN1
HSN2
LAYER
overlay(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
HSN1
DN9813242Issue 25-5
61
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058078e036
Figure 9 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-cies in case both layers have BB hopping on
Figure 10 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-quencies in case both layers have RF hopping on
LAYER
overlay
(regular
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH
HSN1
underlay
(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX-4
TRX-5
TRX-6
HSN2
UHSN
LAYER
overlay(regularfrequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
underlay(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX-4
TRX-5
TRX-6
HSN1
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
UHSN
62 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Figure 11 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)
Figure 12 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)
LAYER
underlay(super-reusefrequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL
0
RTSL
1
RTSL
2
RTSL
3
RTSL
4
RTSL
5
RTSL
6
RTSL
7
BCCH
HSN1
UHSN
LAYER
underlay(super-reuse
frequencies)
TRX
TRX-1
TRX-2
TRX-3
RTSL0
RTSL1
RTSL2
RTSL3
RTSL4
RTSL5
RTSL6
RTSL7
BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)
UHSN
Parameter Name
NEWNAME new BTS name
BAND frequency band in use
HOP BTS hopping mode
UHOP underlay BTS hopping mode
MAL mobile allocation frequency list
UMAL underlay mobile allocation frequency list
HSN1 hopping sequence number 1
HSN2 hopping sequence number 2
UHSN underlay hopping sequence number
AHOP antenna hopping
Table 3 BTS-specific parameters in command E
DN9813242Issue 25-5
63
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058078e036
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQE:BTS=1:HOP=BB,HSN1=3;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===============================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012FREQUENCY BAND IN USE.....................(BAND)... 900CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW.....................(CHW).....0
BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC)
NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 2
BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4
LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567
BTS HOPPING MODE..........................(HOP).... BBUNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.................(UHOP)... NANTENNA HOPPING...........................(AHOP)... N
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST.......(MAL).... - UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST........(UMAL)... -
Parameter Name
NEWSEGNAME new SEG name
CI cell identity
NCC network colour code
BCC BTS colour code
MCC mobile country code
MNC mobile network code
LAC location area code
Table 4 SEG-specific parameters in command E
64 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e036
EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS
DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS.(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -
HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..............(HSN1)... 3 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..............(HSN2)... 4 UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER.......(UHSN)... 0
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
ZEQE:SEG=1:NCC=3;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32
SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===============================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------
CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012
BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC)
NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 3
BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4
LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
65
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERSFunction With this command you modify cell access parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio
Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell barred, call re-establishment allowed, emergency call restricted, PLMN permitted, not allowed access classes, adjacency on other band <option>, directed retry used <option>, intelligent directed retry used <option>, cell type <option>, min time limit directed retry <option>, max time limit directed retry <option>, directed retry method <option>;
SyntaxEQF : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( BAR = <cell barred> | RE = <call re-establishment allowed> | EC = <emergency call restricted> | PLMN = <PLMN permitted> ... | ACC = <not allowed access classes> ... | DBC = <adjacency on other band> <option> | DR = <directed retry used> <option> | IDR = <intelligent directed retry used> <option> | CTY = <cell type> <option> | MIDR = <min time limit directed retry> <option> | MADR = <max time limit directed retry> <option> | DRM = <directed retry method> <option> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
66 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
cell barred
With this parameter you define whether MSS are allowed to access the cell. The values are:
call re-establishment allowed
With this parameter you define whether call re-establishment is allowed. The values are:
emergency call restricted
With this parameter you define whether an emergency call is restricted or allowed from all MSS. The values are:
PLMN permitted
PLMN = decimal number
Parameter Value Explanation
BAR = Y Cell is barred (MSS are not allowed to access the cell).
N Cell is not barred (MSS are allowed to access the cell).
Parameter Value Explanation
RE = Y Re-establishment is allowed.
N Re-establishment is not allowed.
Parameter Value Explanation
EC = Y Emergency call in the cell is allowed only from the MSS that belong to one of the MS access classes from 11 to 15.
N Emergency call in the cell is allowed from all MSS.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
67
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
With this parameter you define to which PLMNs the MS is permitted to report measure-ment results. The values relate to the NCC part of the BSICs. The values range from 0 to 7. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwritten.
To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value).
not allowed access classes
ACC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the MS access classes that are not allowed to access a cell. The values range from 0 to 9 and from 11 to 15. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwrit-ten.
To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value).
adjacency on other band <option>
With this parameter you define whether adjacent cells with a BCCH allocated from a dif-ferent frequency band than the serving cell BCCH are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection or reselection. The values are:
If you deactivate the dual-band network operation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.
directed retry used <option>
With this parameter you define if the directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:
If you deactivate the directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.
intelligent directed retry used <option>
With this parameter you define if the intelligent directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
DBC = Y Adjacent cells on another band are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection/reselection.
N Adjacent cells on another band are not taken into account in handovers or in idle mode cell selection/reselection.
Parameter Value Explanation
DR = Y Directed retry is in use.
N Directed retry is not in use.
68 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
If you deactivate the intelligent directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.
cell type <option>
With this parameter you indicate the type of the cell. This parameter affects the intelli-gent directed retry.
The values are:
When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.
min time limit directed retry <option>
MIDR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is not allowed.
The BSC starts the target cell evaluation procedure after this time supervision has expired. The values range from 0 to 14 seconds.
The parameter value has to be lower than the value of parameter MADR.
max time limit directed retry <option>
MADR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum time period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is allowed. The values range from 1 to 15 seconds.
The parameter value has to be greater than the value of parameter MIDR and smaller than the value of the timer T10.
directed retry method <option>
DRM = decimal number
With this parameter you define which method is used in directed retry procedure when candidate cells are evaluated. This parameter is also used to switch off directed retry method improvements.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
IDR = Y Intelligent directed retry is in use.
N Intelligent directed retry is not in use.
Parameter Value Explanation
CTY = GSM GSM cell
MCN Microcellular network cell
Parameter Value Explanation
DRM = 0 basic directed retry method
DN9813242Issue 25-5
69
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
Examples 1. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. Call re-establishment is allowed, and the access classes that are not allowed are 3 - 7, 11, 12, and 15. The old values are overwritten.
ZEQF:BTS=20:RE=N,ACC=3&&7&11&12&15;
2. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. The cell is barred, an emergency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permitted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed.
ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=;
3. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. The cell is barred, an emer-gency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permit-ted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed and allow handovers and cell selection with adjacency on another band.
ZEQF:NAME=CENTRUM1:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=,DBC=Y;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,RE=N,IDR=Y;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32
CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... YCALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED............(RE)..... NEMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... NPLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... 01,04,06NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... 03,07,11,12,15ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... Y *)DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... Y *)INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... Y *)CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... GSMMIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... 0MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... 5DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... 0
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
1 threshold evaluation method
Parameter Value Explanation
70 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1c7
EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
71
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS
Function With this command you modify radio link control downlink parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell reselect hysteresis, MS txpwr max CCH, MS txpwr max CCH1x00, rxlev access min, radio link timeout, power offset, GPRS rxlev access min <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option>, direct GPRS access BTS <option>, ra reselect hysteresis <option>, priority class <option>, HCS threshold <option>;
SyntaxEQG : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( HYS = <cell reselect hysteresis> | TXP1 = <MS txpwr max CCH> | TXP2 = <MS txpwr max CCH1x00> | RXP = <rxlev access min> | RLT = <radio link timeout> | PO = <power offset> | GRXP = <GPRS rxlev access min> <option> | GTXP1= <GPRS ms txpwr max cch> <option> | GTXP2= <GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00> <option> | GPU = <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit> <option> | GPL = <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit> <option> | DIRE = <direct GPRS access BTS> <option> | RRH = <ra reselect hysteresis> <option> | PRC = <priority class> <option> | HCS = <HCS threshold> <option> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
72 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
cell reselect hysteresis
HYS = decimal number
With this parameter you define the received RF power level hysteresis for the required cell reselection. The values range from 0 to 14 dB, and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time.
MS txpwr max CCH
TXP1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell.
The values are:
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band.
MS txpwr max CCH1x00
TXP2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
TXP1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
Parameter Value Explanation
TXP2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band
0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm
GSM 1900 frequency band
DN9813242Issue 25-5
73
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band.
rxlev access min
RXP = decimal number
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.
radio link timeout
RLT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for non-AMR connections. The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.
power offset
PO = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power a class 3 GSM 1800 MS may use when accessing the system. The maximum transmission power is MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2) + power offset (PO). The values range from 0 to 6 dB and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time.
GPRS rxlev access min <option>
GRXP = decimal
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.
GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option>
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell.
The values are:
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band.
GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option>
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell.
The values are:
This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band.
Parameter Value Explanation
GTXP1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
Parameter Value Explanation
GTXP2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band
0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm
GSM 1900 frequency band
74 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option>
GPU = decimal number
With this parameter you define the minimum power level the MS has to receive to allocate resources from the BTS.
The values range from -110 to -47 dBm.
The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the parameter GPL.
GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option>
GPL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the threshold when a reallocation to a better BTS in the SEG must be made.
The values range from -110 to -47 dBm.
The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the parameter GPU.
direct GPRS access BTS <option>
DIRE = decimal number
With this parameter you define which BTSs may be used for GPRS or EGPRS without signal level measurements. This parameter defines the signal level compared to non BCCH layer offset. When the value of this parameter is higher than the value of the parameter non BCCH layer offset, the direct GPRS access to non-BCCH layer BTS is applied. This is used in initial channel allocation and re-allocation.
The values range from -40 to 40 dBm.
ra reselect hysteresis <option>
RRH = decimal number
With this parameter you define additional hystereses applied in both STANDBY and READY states for selecting a cell in a different routing area.
The values are: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB.
priority class <option>
PRC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the HCS (hierarchical cell structures) priority for the cells. 0 is the lowest and 7 is the highest priority.
The values range from 0 to 7.
HCS threshold <option>
HCS = decimal number
With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS and LSA reselection.
The values are: -110...-48 dB, in 2 dB steps, and N (not used).
Examples 1. Modify the radio link control DL parameters and power offset of BTS-20.
ZEQG:BTS=20:HYS=2,TXP1=29,PO=4;
2. Modify parameter RXP of BTS-20.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
75
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
ZEQG:BTS=20:RXP=-100;
3. Modify parameter RXP of BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQG:NAME=CENTRUM1:RXP=-100;
Additional informa-tion
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQG:BTS=1:HYS=2,RLT=12;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 dBMS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 29 dBm
Parameter Name
GPU GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit
GPL GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit
Table 5 BTS-specific parameters in command G
Parameter Name
HYS cell reselect hysteresis
TXP1 MS txpwr max CCH
TXP2 MS txpwr max CCH1x00
RXP rxlev access min
RLT radio link timeout
PO power offset
GRXP GPRS rxlev access min
GTXP1 GPRS ms txpwr max cch
GTXP2 GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00
DIRE direct GPRS access BTS
RRH ra reselect hysteresis
PRC priority class
HCS HCS threshold
Table 6 SEG-specific parameters in command G
76 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1ca
EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS
MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00.....................(TXP2)... 30 dBmRXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBmRADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKSPOWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dBGPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00...............(GTXP2).. 30 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBmDIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBmRA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 2 dBPRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 0HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... -
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
77
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERSFunction With this command you modify queuing parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio
Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: max queue length, time limit call, time limit handover, queue priority used, queueing priority call, queueing priority urgent handover, queueing priority non-urgent handover, MS priority used;
SyntaxEQH : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( MQL = <max queue length> | TLC = <time limit call> | TLH = <time limit handover> | QPU = <queue priority used> | QPC = <queueing priority call> | QPH = <queueing priority urgent handover> | QPN = <queueing priority non-urgent handover> | MPU = <MS priority used> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
78 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
max queue length
MQL = decimal number
With this parameter you define how many call and handover attempts can be queued to wait for a TCH release in a BTS.
A TRX with full rate TCH resources builds up eight possible queue positions. When a TRX contains at least one half rate TCH resource, the number of queue positions is doubled to sixteen. Every deleted TRX removes eight/sixteen possible queue positions, respectively. The parameter value is a percentage (0 - 100%) of the TCHs in use in a BTS.
When this parameter value is 0, the TCH cannot be queued for in the BTS.
When this parameter value is 100, the number of available queue positions is the same as the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs.
Values between 0 and 100 give the number of available queue positions as a percent-age of the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs.
Note that the actual number of call and handover attempts cannot be greater than 32 in the BTS.
time limit call
TLC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for call attempts (incoming or outgoing) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 15 seconds.
If you enter the value 0, call attempt queuing is not active in the BTS.
time limit handover
TLH = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for handover attempts (both urgent and non-urgent) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 10 seconds.
If you enter the value 0, handover attempt queuing is not active in the BTS.
queue priority used
With this parameter you define whether the BSC internal queuing type priority (param-eters queueing priority call (QPC), queueing priority urgent handover (QPH), and queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)) is taken into account in queue handling.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
QPU = Y Queue priority is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
79
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
queueing priority call
QPC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the call attempt priority in the BTS.
Queueing priority call is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: urgent han-dovers (parameter QPH) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.
Relationships between the queuing type priorities:
• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.
queueing priority urgent handover
QPH = decimal number
With this parameter you define the urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS.
Queueing priority urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.
Relationships between the queuing type priorities:
• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.
queueing priority non-urgent handover
QPN = decimal number
With this parameter you define the non-urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS.
Queueing priority non-urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and urgent handovers (parameter QPH). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.
Relationships between the queuing type priorities:
• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally
The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.
N Queue priority is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
80 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
MS priority used
With this parameter you define whether the call priority in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message (or the HANDOVER REQUEST message in handover) from the MSC is taken into account in queue handling.
The values are :
Examples 1. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQH:BTS=20:MQL=20,TLC=12,TLH=10;
2. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQH:BTS=20:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y;
3. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQH:NAME=CENTRUM1:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQH:BTS=1:TLC=12,TLH=10,MPU=N;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
QUEUEING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=====================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... 020 %TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... 12 SECONDSTIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... 10 SECONDSQUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... Y QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... 05 QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... 04 QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... 06MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... N
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Parameter Value Explanation
MPU = Y MS priority is used.
N MS priority is not used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
81
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1cd
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
82 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS
Function With this command you modify the CCH configuration parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: number of blocks for access grant msg, number of multiframes, timer for periodic MS location updating, allow IMSI attach detach;
SyntaxEQJ : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( AG = <number of blocks for access grant msg> | MFR = <number of multiframes> | PER = <timer for periodic MS location updating> | ATT = <allow IMSI attach detach> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
DN9813242Issue 25-5
83
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
number of blocks for access grant msg
AG = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages from the CCCH during the 51 TDMA frame (a multiframe). The parameter value must be consistent with the channel configuration. The values range from 0 to 7, and in the case of a combined BCCH, from 0 to 2.
number of multiframes
MFR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of multiframes between two transmissions of the same paging message to the MSS of the same paging group. The values range from 2 to 9.
timer for periodic MS location updating
PER = decimal number
With this parameter you define the interval between periodic MS location updates. The values range from 0.1 to 25.5 hours, and the value 0 means that periodic updating is not performed.
allow IMSI attach detach
With this parameter you define whether IMSI attach/detach is used in the cell. The values are:
Examples 1. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQJ:BTS=20:AG=1,MFR=4;
2. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQJ:BTS=20:PER=4.6,ATT=Y;
3. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQJ:NAME=CENTRUM1:PER=4.6,ATT=Y;
Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 3 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==============================================
Parameter Value Explanation
ATT = Y IMSI attach/detach is used.
N IMSI attach/detach is not used.
84 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d0
EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... 01NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... 04TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... 04.6 HOURSALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... Y
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
85
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS
Function With this command you modify interference averaging parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: C/N threshold, averaging period, interference threshold boundaries (1-4);
SyntaxEQK : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( CNT = <C/N threshold> | AP = <averaging period> | BO1 = <boundary 1> | BO2 = <boundary 2> | BO3 = <boundary 3> | BO4 = <boundary 4> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.
86 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.
C/N threshold
CNT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C/N (carrier/noise) ratio when selecting a time-slot to be allocated for a call or handover.
The values range from 0 to 63 dB. Value 0 means that the parameter is not used.
averaging period
AP = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the aver-aging of the interference level in the unallocated time-slots is performed. The values range from 1 to 32.
The parameter also determines the length of the idle and active channel interference measurement reporting period.
boundary 1 - 4
BO1 - BO4 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time-slots. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.
Boundary 1 <= Boundary 2
Boundary 2 <= Boundary 3
Boundary 3 <= Boundary 4
The program automatically sets the following boundary values:
Boundary 0 = -110 dBm Boundary 5 = -47 dBm
Examples 1. Modify the interference averaging parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=20,BO1=-100,BO2=-100,BO3=-80,BO4=-70;
2. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS-20.
ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=32;
3. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQK:NAME=CENTRUM1:AP=32;
4. Modify the C/N Threshold parameter of BTS-20.
ZEQK:BTS=20:CNT=35;
5. Modify the interference averaging parameter of SEG-1.
ZEQK:SEG=1:AP=20;
DN9813242Issue 25-5
87
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
Additional informa-tion
Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 1 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===================================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command example 5 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
Parameter Name
CNT C/N threshold
B00 boundary 0
B01 boundary 1
B02 boundary 2
B03 boundary 3
B04 boundary 4
B05 boundary 5
Table 7 BTS-specific parameters in command K
Parameter Name
AP averaging period
Table 8 SEG-specific parameters in command K
88 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d3
EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===================================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------
C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
89
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAME-TERS
Function With this command you modify BTS-specific and SEG-specific parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
The miscellaneous parameters that can be modified are listed in the second parameter group. The optional C2 reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) that can be modified are listed in the third parameter group. The optional ISHO parameters (QSRI, QSRP, FDD, FDM, FDMO, and FDR) that can be modified are listed in the fourth parameter group.
When you modify the parameters, the BTS or SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command M and SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: DTX mode, BTS measure average, MS TX pwr max gsm, MS TX pwr max gsm1x00, MS txpwr min, max number of retransmission, max number of repetition, number of slots spread trans, SMS CB used, BTS load threshold, MS max distance in call setup, TRX priority in TCH allocation, cell load for channel search, RX diversity, TCH rate intra-cell handover <option>, lower limit for FR TCH resources <option>, upper limit for FR TCH resources <option>, AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option>, AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option>, new establishment causes support, radius extension <option>, super radius extension <option>, multiband cell reporting <option>, early sending indication, non BCCH layer offset <option>, BTS load in SEG <option>, scale ord <option>, AMH upper load threshold <option>, AMH lower load threshold, AMH max load of target cell <option>, TRHO guard time, DL noise level, UL noise level, STIRC enabled <option>, extended BCCH enabled, immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option>: 2G TRX power down threshold <option>, 2G TRX power up threshold <option>, merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled <option>: cell reselection parameter index <option>, cell bar qualify <option>, cell reselect offset <option>, temporary offset <option>, penalty time <option>: threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option>, minimum fdd threshold <option>, minimum fdd threshold offset <option>, minimum RSCP threshold <option>: DFCA mode <option>, forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option>, forced HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced HR mode threshold <option>: IBHO GSM enabled <option>, IBHO WCDMA enabled <option>: SDCCH measurement report sending, interval measurement report sending, FACCH busy threshold, RACH busy threshold, repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL , repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL , repeated SACCH in DL, repeated SACCH in UL, enable temporary overpower, repeated FACCH in DL, repeated FACCH in UL, apply repeated FACCH , carrier unit configuration, TX diversity time shift: GSM priority <option>, WCDMA priority <option>, Priority search threshold <option>, Low priority threshold <option>, Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option>, Time hysteresis <option>;
SyntaxEQM : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
90 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
( [ DTX = <DTX mode> | BMA = <BTS measure average> | PMAX1 = <MS tx pwr max gsm> | PMAX2 = <MS tx pwr max gsm1x00> | PMIN = <MS tx pwr min> | RET = <max number of retransmission> | NY1 = <max number of repetition> | SLO = <number of slots spread trans> | CB = <SMS CB used> | BLT = <BTS load threshold> | DMAX = <MS max distance in call setup> | TRP = <TRX priority in TCH allocation> | CLC = <cell load for channel search> | RDIV = <RX diversity> | TRIH = <TCH rate intra-cell handover> <option> | FRL = <lower limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | FRU = <upper limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | AFRL = <AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | AFRU = <AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | NECI = <new establishment causes support> | EXT = <radius extension> <option> |
SEXT = <super radius extension> <option> | MBR = <multiband cell reporting> <option> | ESI = <early sending indication > | NBL = <non BCCH layer offset> <option> | LSEG = <BTS load in SEG> <option> | SCO = <scale ord> <option> | AUT = <AMH upper load threshold> <option> | ALT = <AMH lower load threshold> <option> | AML = <AMH max load of target cell> <option> | TGT = <TRHO guard time> | DLN = <DL noise level> | ULN = <UL noise level> | STIRC = <STIRC enabled> <option> |
EBENA = <extended BCCH enabled> |ISIC = <immediate SDCCH HO enabled> <option>... ] ... :
[ PWDT = <2G TRX power down threshold> | PWUT = <2G TRX power up threshold> |
MPE = <merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled>] <option>... :
[ PI = <cell reselection parameter index> | QUA = <cell bar qualify> | REO = <cell reselect offset> | TEO = <temporary offset> | PET = <penalty time> ] <option> ... :
[ QSRI = <threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | QSRP = <gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | FDD = <fdd and tdd cell reselect offset> <option> | FDM = <minimum fdd threshold> <option> |
DN9813242Issue 25-5
91
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
FDMO = <minimum fdd threshold offset> <option> | FDR = <minimum RSCP threshold> <option> ] ... :
[ DMOD = <DFCA mode> | FHR = <forced HR mode C/I averaging period> <option> | FHT = <forced HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | FAHT = <forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | FHH = <forced HR mode hysteresis> <option> ] :
[ IGE = <IBHO GSM enabled> | IWE = <IBHO WCDMA enabled> ] <option> ... :
[ SMREPS = <SDCCH measurement report sending> | IMREPS = <interval measurement report sending> | FACHBT = <FACH busy threshold> | RACHBT = <RACH busy threshold> | RSRDL = <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL> | RSRUL = <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL> | RSDL = <repeated SACCH in DL> |
RSUL = <repeated SACCH in UL> | ETOP = <enable temporary overpower> |
RFDL = <repeated FACCH in DL> |RFUL = <repeated FACCH in UL> |ARF = <apply repeated FACCH>|
CUCONF = <carrier unit configuration> | TXDIV = <TX diversity time shift> ]... ;
[ GPRIO = <GSM priority> |WPRIO = <WCDMA priority> |PSTHR = <Priority search threshold> |LPTHR = <Low priority threshold> |HPRIO = <Reselection algorithm hysteresis> |TIMEH = <Time hysteresis> ] <option> )... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only
92 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.
DTX mode
With this parameter you define how the MS uses DTX (discontinuous transmission). The values are:
BTS measure average
BMA = decimal number
With this parameter you define how many SACCH multiframes are used in measure-ment averaging in the BTS. The BTS calculates averages of the measurements per-formed by the BTS and the MS. The BTS is able to calculate the average on 2, 3, or 4 SACCH multiframes.
The values range from 1 to 4. Use value 1 to deny the averaging.
MS TX pwr max gsm
PMAX1 = decimal
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
DTX = 0 MS can use DTX.
1 MS will use DTX.
2 MS will not use DTX.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
93
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
MS TX pwr max gsm1x00
PMAX2 = decimal
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter
The values are:
MS txpwr min
PMIN = decimal number
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS may use in the serving cell.
The values are:
max number of retransmission
RET = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum number of retransmissions on the RACH (random access channel) that the MS can perform.
The values are 1, 2, 4, and 7.
max number of repetition
NY1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum number of repetitions of the PHYSICAL INFO message during a handover that the transceiver can perform.
The values range from 5 to 35.
number of slots spread trans
SLO = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of TDMA frames over which retransmission is spread on the RACH (random access channel).
Parameter Value Explanation
PMAX1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
Parameter Value Explanation
PMAX2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band
0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm
GSM 1900 frequency band
Parameter Value Explanation
PMIN = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands
0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band
0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm
GSM 1900 frequency band
94 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The values are 3 - 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, and 50.
SMS CB used
With this parameter you allow or deny cell broadcast SMS (short message service) in a cell.
The values are:
BTS load threshold
BLT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the acceptable proportion of reserved or unavailable channels out of all channels.
BTS load threshold is one of the parameters used in the handover control process. If the threshold is exceeded, the BTS is considered to be overloaded, and handovers to that BTS will be avoided.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
MS max distance in call setup
DMAX = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum distance between the BTS and the MS in call setup. The maximum distance is expressed as an access delay.
The values range from 0 to 255.
Within the range of 0...62, one step correlates to a distance of 550 meters. If the access delay of the channel request message exceeds the given maximum, the call attempt is rejected.
☞ When the parameter is given a value between 63 and 255, call attempts are never rejected.
The DISTANCE_VERIFYING option needs to be enabled in order for the MS max distance in call setup (DMAX) parameter to be functional.
TRX priority in TCH allocation
TRP = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs (of the regular frequency area) are preferred in traffic channel allocation.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
CB = Y SMS CB is allowed.
N SMS CB is not allowed.
Parameter Value Explanation
TRP = 0 No prioritisation between TRXs, all TRXs are treated equally in TCH allocation.
1 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
95
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
cell load for channel search
CLC = decimal number
With this parameter you give a load limit for traffic channels in the BTS. If the TCH load in a cell is below the limit traffic, channels for speech and single-slot data calls are allo-cated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a TRX for single-slot calls.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
If the parameter default value 0 is used in a BTS, the channel allocation in the BTS is performed according to the value of the BSC level parameter load rate for channel search.
RX diversity
With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS. The values are:
If the value is Y, check that the TRX configuration and antenna configuration support RX diversity or 4-way RX diversity.
The parameter is available for the MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multira-dio. Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio support 4-way RX diversity.
TCH rate intra-cell handover <option>
TRIH = decimal number
With this parameter you control the TCH channel rate determination in TCH allocation and the TCH speech codec to be allocated during internal intra-cell handover. The values are:
2 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from another TRX than the BCCH TRX.
3 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX for the non-AMR users and for the AMR users primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.
Parameter Value Explanation
RDIV = Y RX diversity is used.
N RX diversity is not used.
Parameter Value Explanation
TRIH = 0 Constraints given by the BSS-level parameter (TCH rate internal HO) are followed.
Parameter Value Explanation
96 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
lower limit for FR TCH resources <option>
FRL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the percentage of the full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%.
During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated.
During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel alloca-tion.
The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have mean-ingful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH alloca-tion. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.
upper limit for FR TCH resources <option>
FRU = decimal number
1 The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily.
2 The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily during the speech connection; the channel rate change is possible during data connection when needed if the radio interface data rate allows it.
3 Channel rate and speech codec changes are denied totally. The call serving type of channel and speech codec is the only alternative in TCH allocation.
4 The preferred channel rate and speech codec of TCH has to be allocated primarily.
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
97
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%.
During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.
During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.
The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have mean-ingful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH alloca-tion. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.
AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option>
AFRL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation in order to use full rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given in the parameter. AMR half rate resources are then allocated.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the use of half rate for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allo-cation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated.
During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel alloca-tion.
During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level accord-ing to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel allocation.
The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.
98 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option>
AFRU = decimal number
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation before the BSC allocates AMR calls in full rate mode again after using half rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are again allo-cated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.
During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level accord-ing to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.
The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.
new establishment causes support
With this parameter you define whether the BSC supports new establishment causes.
The values are:
This parameter is not relevant in GSM phase 1.
radius extension <option>
EXT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the radius extension of an extended cell. The values range from 0 to 67 km.
Value 0 indicates that the cell is a normal cell.
The 2nd generation base stations have radius extensions from 0 to 67 km.
The Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus site types have radius extensions from 0 to 35 km.
The PrimeSite, MetroSite, InSite, and Flexi Multiradio site types do not support the Extended Cell Range.
super radius extension <option>
SEXT = decimal number
Parameter Value Explanation
NECI = Y New establishment causes support is allowed.
N New establishment causes support is not allowed.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
99
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
With this parameter you define the distance of the inner edge of the 35-km-wide super-extended area from the BTS. Only Flexi EDGE and BTSplus site types support the super-extended cell range.
The values range from 36 to 70 km. Value 0 means that super-extended area is not in use.
The default value is 0.
multiband cell reporting <option>
MBR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will report in the RX level report. The values range from 0 to 3.
early sending indication
With this parameter you accept or forbid the early sending of the MS Classmark 3 message to the network in call setup phase. The Classmark 3 element provides the network with information on the MS, including whether the MS supports Dual Band.
The values are:
non BCCH layer offset <option>
NBL = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether the predefined offset margin is used when eval-uating the signal level of the non-BCCH layer.
The values range from -40 to +40 dBm.
BTS load in SEG <option>
LSEG = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the load limit for a BTS. The BTS load parameter is used in controlling the load distribution between BTSs in a segment.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
scale ord <option>
With this parameter you define an offset that is added to the reported downlink signal level.
The values are:
AMH upper load threshold <option>
AUT = decimal number or N
Parameter Value Explanation
ESI = Y Early sending is accepted.
N Early sending is forbidden.
Parameter Value Explanation
SCO = 0 no
1 scaled by 10 dB
2 automatic
100 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the upper threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger BSC-controlled traffic reason handovers.
The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.
AMH lower load threshold <option>
ALT = decimal number or N
With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO and/or Dual Band/microcell.
The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.
AMH max load of target cell <option>
AML = decimal number or N
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the maximum traffic load in adjacent cell allowed for a target cell of traffic reason handover (TRHO).
The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.
TRHO guard time
TGT = decimal number or N
With this parameter you define the guard time after a BSC-controlled or an MSC-con-trolled TRHO, during which a handover back to the original cell is not allowed.
The values range from 0 to 120 s. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.
DL noise level
DLN = decimal number
With this parameter you define the BTS-specific downlink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit.
The values range from -120 to -80 dBm.
UL noise level
ULN = decimal number
With this parameter you define the BTS-specific uplink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit.
The values range from -120 to -80 dBm.
STIRC enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC) is used in the BTS. This parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTS site types.
All TRXs of the STIRC-enabled BTS must have STIRC-capable hardware.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
101
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
The values are:
extended BCCH enabled <option>
With this parameter it is possible to use the extended BCCH in the segment. By default it is disabled.
The values are:
g This parameter is visible only in the case of UltraSite, MetroSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs.
immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option>
With this BTS level parameter you can define if the immediate SDCCH intra cell handover is activated or not.
The values range from 0 to 2, step 1. They are:
2G TRX power down threshold <option>
PWDT = decimal number
With this parameter you activate the2G TRX Automatic Power Down feature by giving the load threshold parameter a value greater than zero. The threshold parameter indi-cates the number of traffic channels that have to be idle after TRXs are powered down. The actual TRX power down is started if the load in the segment is low enough for the period of time defined by the 2G TRX power down supervision period (PWDPRD) parameter.
The value of this parameter must be higher than the value of the parameter PWUT.
The value range is from 0 to 255 TCHs.
The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type.
2G TRX power up threshold <option>
PWUT = decimal number
Parameter Value Explanation
STIRC = Y STIRC is enabled.
N STIRC is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
EBENA = N extended BCCH is disabled.
Y extended BCCH is enabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
ISIC = 0 ISIC HO is disabled.
1 ISIC HO is active, no HO if no SDCCH is available.
2 ISIC HO is active, dynamic SDCCH can be used if no SDCCH is available.
102 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels which have to be free in the segment when TRXs have been powered down by 2G TRX Automatic Power Down. When the number of free traffic channels decreases below this threshold, the TRXs are powered up.
The value of this parameter must be lower than the value of the parameter PWDT.
The value range is from 0 to 254 TCHs.
The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type.
merged PGSM and EGSM enabled <option>
With this parameter it is possible to use PGSM 900 and EGSM 900 resources as a unified band of frequencies in the cell. PGSM only mobiles cannot be quaranteed to work in all configurations when this parameter is enabled.
The values are:
cell reselection parameter index <option>
With this parameter you define whether C2 reselection parameters are broadcast to mobile stations. The C2 cell reselection allows you to define other criteria for cell rese-lection in addition to power level.
The values are:
If you deactivate the C2 microcell reselect in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.
The C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1.
cell bar qualify <option>
With this parameter you define whether cell barring can be overridden.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
MPE = N merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is disabled.
Y merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is enabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
PI = Y C2 reselection parameters are broadcast.
N C2 reselection parameters are not broadcast.
Parameter Value Explanation
QUA = Y Cell barring can be overridden.
N Cell barring cannot be overridden.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
103
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
cell reselect offset <option>
REO = decimal number
With this parameter you define the offset of the C2 reselection criterion for a cell. The values range from 0 dB to 126 dB, and can be changed in 2 dB steps.
temporary offset <option>
TEO = decimal number
With this parameter you define the negative offset of the C2 reselection criterion for the duration of the penalty time (PET) after the MS has placed the cell on the list of the strongest carriers.
The values range from 0 dB to 70 dB, and can be changed in 10 dB steps. Value 70 dB means infinity.
penalty time <option>
PET = decimal number
With this parameter you define the duration for which the temporary offset (TEO) applies.
The values range from 20 s to 640 s, and can be changed in 20 s steps. Value 640 indi-cates that the parameter cell reselect offset (REO) is changed, and that the temporary offset (TEO) is ignored.
threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>
QSRI = decimal number
With this parameter you define the threshold value for dual mode mobiles in idle state to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broad-cast only on BCCH.
gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>
QSRP = decimal number
With this parameter you define the threshold value for GPRS-capable dual mode mobiles to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_P) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast either on BCCH or PBCCH.
This parameter is sent on BCCH if PBCCH does not exist. If this parameter is broadcast on BCCH, it is used only if GPRS cell re-selection parameters for one or more cells are sent to the MS in a Packet Cell Change Order or Packet Measurement Order message.
Parameter Value Description
QSRI = 0 to 6 -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps
7 infinity (always measured)
8 to 14 -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps
15 infinity (never measured)
104 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option>
FDD = decimal number
With this parameter you define a UTRAN cell reselection offset for non-GPRS capable dual mode mobiles which are in the idle state.
The mobiles add the offset to the running average (RLA_C) of the received signal level of the serving GSM cell and non-serving GSM cells before the mobiles compare the measured RSCP values of UTRAN cells with the signal levels of the GSM cells.
☞ A non-GPRS capable dual mode mobile always makes a cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to a UTRAN cell if the parameter value is N and the measured RSCP level of the UTRAN cell is high enough.
minimum fdd threshold <option>
FDM = decimal number
With this parameter you define a minimum Ec/Io threshold which must be exceeded before a non-GPRS-capable dual mode mobile is allowed to make a reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell which is using frequency division duplex (FDD) type access technology/mode.
The values range from -20 to -6 dB with 2 dB steps.
Parameter Value Description
QSRP = 0 to 6 -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps
7 infinity (always measured)
8 to 14 -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps
15 infinity (never measured)
Parameter Value Description
FDD = -28 to 28 dB in 4 dB steps
N minus infinity dB
Parameter Value Description
FDM= -20 -20 dB
-18 -18 dB
-16 -16 dB
-14 -14 dB
-12 -12 dB (*)
-10 -10 dB (*)
-8 -8 dB (*)
-6 -6 dB (*)
DN9813242Issue 25-5
105
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
(*) Some rare MSS used in test purposes may interpret the received value as a greater dB value in the case of values -12 dB, -10 dB, -8 dB, and -6 dB if the MSS do not follow an interpretation change made according to the 3GPP standard 05.08 CR A375.
The rare MSS mentioned above interpret value -12 dB as -13 dB, -10 dB as -15 dB, -8 dB as -17 dB, and -6 dB as -19 dB.
minimum fdd threshold offset <option>
FDMO = decimal number
This parameter applies a negative offset to the minimum Ec/No threshold for cell rese-lection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards).
The values range from 0 dB to 14 dB, in 2 dB steps.
minimum RSCP threshold <option>
FDR = decimal number
This parameter defines the minimum received signal code power (RSCP) threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards).
The values range from -114 dB to -84 dB, in 2 dB steps.
DFCA mode <option>
DMOD = decimal number
With this parameter you define the operational mode of a DFCA BTS.
The values are:
☞ The value change of parameter DFCA mode (DMOD) between Off and Standby can be made online. But you cannot change the mode from Off to DFCA hopping.
☞ The value change of parameter DFCA mode (DMOD) to or from mode DFCA hopping requires base transceiver station (BTS) locking. Changing the DFCA mode to DFCA hopping also requires that the BTS site type is either C (MetroSite), P (UltraSite), E (Flexi EDGE), or M (Flexi Multiradio).
forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option>
FHR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the period for calculating an average C/I of the 1-way DL C/I estimates used in DFCA channel assignments. This BTS-specific average value is used in deciding between full rate and half rate in DFCA channel assignment.
The values range from 5 to 30 min in 5 min steps.
forced HR mode C/I threshold <option>
FHT = decimal number
Parameter Value Description
DMOD = 0 Off
1 Standby
2 DFCA hopping
106 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of non-AMR requests.
The values range from 0 to 63 dB.
forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option>
FAHT = decimal number
If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of AMR requests.
The values range from 0 to 63 dB.
forced HR mode hysteresis <option>
FHH = decimal number
With this parameter you define how many decibels the BTS level C/I average must be above the corresponding forced HR mode C/I threshold in order for the forced HR mode to be switched off.
The values range from 0 to 63 dB.
IBHO GSM enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour GSM cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level fil-tering parameter IMSI based handover GSM cells anonymous MS (IBGA) is used to define permitted neighbour GSM cells for the MS.
When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state.
The values are:
g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSI-based handover (IBHO).
IBHO WCDMA enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour WCDMA cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level filtering parameter IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous MS (IBWA) is used to define permitted neighbour WCDMA cells for the MS.
When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
IGE= Y IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is enabled.
N IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is disabled.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
107
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSI-based handover (IBHO).
SDCCH measurement report sending
With this parameter you define whether or not the SDCCH radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface.
The values are:
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
interval measurement report sending
With this parameter you specify the granularity in which the radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface in case they are enabled (for example 8 = 1/8).
IMREPS = decimal number
The values range from 1 to 254.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
FACH busy threshold
With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy FACCH (Handover ACCESS).
FACHBT = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 127 dBm’s.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
RACH busy threshold
With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy RACH (when transmitting CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH)).
RACHBT = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 127 dBm’s.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
Parameter Value Explanation
IWE= Y IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is enabled.
N IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
SMREPS= Y radio measurements transmitted
N radio measurements not transmitted
108 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL <option>
With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH.
This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL.
RSDL = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 25.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL <option>
With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH.
This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL.
RSUL = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 25.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
repeated SACCH in DL <option>
With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in DL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling.
You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.
The values are:
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
repeated SACCH in UL <option>
With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in UL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling.
You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
ERSDL= 0 disabled
1 TCH_AFS
2 TCH_AHS
4 TCH_EFS
8 TCH_FS
16 TCH_HS
32 TCH_WFS
64 Signalling
Parameter Value Explanation
ERSDL= 0 disabled
DN9813242Issue 25-5
109
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
enable temporary overpower <option>
With this parameter you determine whether TOP (Temporary Overpower) is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type.
You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.
The values are:
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
Repeated FACCH In DL
With this parameter you determine whether the repeated FACCH in downlink is enabled or disabled on a cell basis for those MS not having signaled their Repeated ACCH Capa-bility as '1'. Those types of MSSs include legacy MSS and new MSSs that have to signal their Repeated ACCH Capability as '0'. To enable Repeated FACCH on LAPDm command frames for a certain codec in the cell, the name of that codec is entered in a list.
You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character ‘&’.
The values are:
1 TCH_AFS
2 TCH_AHS
4 TCH_EFS
8 TCH_FS
16 TCH_HS
32 TCH_WFS
64 Signalling
Parameter Value Explanation
ETOP= 0 disabled
1 TCH_AFS
2 TCH_AHS
4 TCH_EFS
8 TCH_FS
16 TCH_HS
32 TCH_WFS
Parameter Value Explanation
RFDL= 0 disabled
1 TCH_AFS
2 TCH_AHS
4 TCH_EFS
Parameter Value Explanation
110 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
Repeated FACCH In UL
With this parameter you determine whether repeated FACCH in uplink is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type
You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character ‘&’.
The values are:
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
apply repeated FACCH <option>
With this parameter you enable applying repeated FACCH on any command frames.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
carrier unit configuration
With this parameter you indicate which types of carrier units are used within the BTSplus serving the cell. This information must be considered for power aspects, as carrier unit types have different transmission power levels.
This parameter should be set in case of a cell with an inhomogeneous carrier unit con-figuration to ensure that the maximum output power difference between the carrier units is below 2 dB.
This value is used when the cell has an inhomogeneous carrier unit configuration with old 1800/1900 MHz CUs (45.3 dBm output power) and ECU V2/3/3a of the same fre-quency band.
8 TCH_FS
16 TCH_HS
32 TCH_WFS
Parameter Value Explanation
RFUL= 0 disabled
1 TCH_AFS
2 TCH_AHS
4 TCH_EFS
8 TCH_FS
16 TCH_HS
32 TCH_WFS
Parameter Value Explanation
ARF= N Apply R-FACCH is disabled
Y Apply R-FACCH is enabled
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
111
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
TX diversity time shift
With this parameter you switch TX diversity time between coverage mode (enabled) and standard mode (disabled). You also configure time slots or logical channels which are excluded from being sent in TX Diversity Time Shift mode.
The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
GSM priority <option>
With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the serving (GSM) cell.
GPRIO = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 7 [Value 0 is the lowest and value 7 is the highest priority].
Default value is 7.
WCDMA priority <option>
With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the WCDMA neigbours cells.
WPRIO = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 7.
Default value is 6.
Priority search threshold <option>
With this parameter you define threshold for the serving cell that controls measurement of inter-RAT cells or frequencies.
PSTHR = decimal number
The values range from -98 dB to -56 dB.
Default value is 15.
Low priority threshold <option>
With this parameter you a threshold for the serving cell below which the MS is allowed to reselect to lower priority cells.
Parameter Value Explanation
CUCONF= 0 HOMOGENEOUS
1 CU_FLEXCU_BS82II D
2 CU_ECU_DCSPCS
Parameter Value Explanation
TXDIV= 0 DISABLED
1 NO EXEPTION
2 SCH EXEPTIONS
3 BCCH TRX TS0 EXEPTION
4 BCCH TRX EXEPTION
112 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
LPTHR = decimal number
The values range from -100 dBm to -72 dBm.
Default value is 15.
Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option>
With this parameter you define a hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm.
HPRIO = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 3 [Rule disabled (0), 5 dB (1), 4dB (2), 3 dB (3)].
Default value is 0.
Time hysteresis <option>
With this parameter you define a time hysteresis in priority based cell reselection algo-rithm in the serving cell.
TIMEH = decimal number
The values range from 0 to 3 [5 sec (0), 10 sec (1), 15 sec (2), 20 sec (3)].
Default value is 1.
Examples 1. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQM:BTS=20:DTX=0,BMA=2,PMAX1=21,PMIN=15;
2. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQM:BTS=20:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,TRIH=0,DMAX=40;
3. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.
ZEQM:NAME=CENTRUM1:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,RDIV=N,TRIH=2;
4. The parameters EBENA, MPE, GPRIO. WPRIO, PSTHR, LPTHR, HPRIO , and TIMEH are modified for the BTS-1.
ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y:MPE=N:::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=-50,LPTHR=-98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10;
Additional informa-tion
Parameter Name
PMIN MS txpwr min
RDIV Rx diversity
EXT radius extension
SEXT super radius extension
NBL non BCCH layer offset
LSEG BTS load in SEG
DLN DL noise level
ULN UL noise level
STIRC STIRC enabled
ISIC immediate SDCCH HO enabled
Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M
DN9813242Issue 25-5
113
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
DMOD DFCA mode
FHR forced HR mode C/I averaging period
FHT forced HR mode C/I threshold
FAHT forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold
FHH forced HR mode hysteresis
Parameter Name
DTX DTX mode
BMA BTS measure average
PMAX1 MS txpwr max gsm
PMAX2 MS txpwr max gsm1x00
RET max number of retransmission
NY1 max number of repetition
SLO number of slots spread trans
CB SMS CB used
BLT BTS load threshold
DMAX MS max distance in call setup
TRP TRX priority in TCH allocation
CLC cell load for channel search
TRIH TCH rate intra-cell handover
FRL lower limit for fr tch resources
FRU upper limit for fr tch resources
AFRL AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources
AFRU AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources
NECI new establishment causes support
MBR multiband cell reporting
ESI early sending indication
SCO scale ord
AUT AMH upper load threshold
ALT AMH lower load threshold
AML AMH max load of target cell
TGT TRHO guard time
EBENA extended BCCH enabled
PWDT 2G TRX power down threshold
PWUT 2G TRX power up threshold
Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M
Parameter Name
Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)
114 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
MPE merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled
PI cell reselection parameter index
QUA cell bar qualify
REO cell reselect offset
TEO temporary offset
PET penalty time
QSRI threshold to search UTRAN cells
QSRP GPRS threshold to search UTRAN cells
FDD fdd and tdd cell reselect offset
FDM minimum fdd threshold
FDMO minimum fdd threshold offset
FDR minimum RSCP threshold
IGE IBHO GSM enabled
IWE IBHO WCDMA enabled
IMREPS interval measurement report sending
FACHBT FACCH busy threshold
RACHBT RACH busy threshold
RRSDL repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL
RSRUL repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL
RSDL repeated SACCH in DL
RSUL repeated SACCH in UL
ETOP enable temporary overpower
RFDL repeated FACCH in DL
RFUL repeated FACCH in UL
SMREPS SDCCH measurement report sending
ARF apply repeated FACCH
CUCONF carrier unit configuration
TXDIV TX diversity time shift
GPRIO GSM priority
WPRIO WCDMA priority
PSTHR priority search threshold
LPTHR low priority threshold
HPRIO reselection algorithm hysteresis
TIMEH time hysteresis
Parameter Name
Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)
DN9813242Issue 25-5
115
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N
116 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... -
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
ZEQM:SEG=1:BMA=2,CLC=50,MBR=1;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================
SEG-0001 BIG_CENTRUM1------------------–---------
DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 02MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAXGSM 1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... Y
DN9813242Issue 25-5
117
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 50 %TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 %AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 %AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 %TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 sPOWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED..........................(IGE)... N IBHO WCDMA ENABLED........................(IWE)... N
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80;
is:
118 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
BSC BSC-LAB 2009-03-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
DTX MODE................................. (DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... 03SMS CB USED.............................. (CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............ (PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... N
DN9813242Issue 25-5
119
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
CELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -100 dBmBTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING......... (SMREPS)... N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING...... (IMREPS)... 8 dBm FACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (FACHBT)... 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (RACHBT)... 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL....... (RSDL)..... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL....... (RSUL)..... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL..................... (RSDL)..... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL..................... (RSUL)..... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER............... (ETOP)..... DISABLED
REPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFDL)..... DISABLEDREPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFUL)..... DISABLED
APPLY REPEATED FACCH..................... (EARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION............... (CUCONF)... HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.................. (TXDIV).... DISABLED
An example: Set the distance of the super-extended area of BTS-1 to 55.?
The execution printout of the command
ZEQM:BTS=1:SEXT=55;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2008-10-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINEDDTX MODE................................. (DTX).... 2 (MS SHALL NOT USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. 33 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. 30 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... 00 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... 05NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... 10SMS CB USED.............................. (CB)..... N
120 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
BTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 070 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 100 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 0 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 100 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 0 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... NRADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -117 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -117 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................ (STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS :CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... NCELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 0 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 0 dBPENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 20 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS:THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. neverGPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. neverFDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... NMINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -12 dBMINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 0 dBMINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -102 dBmDFCA PARAMETERS:DFCA MODE................................ (DMOD).. OFFFORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD...... (FHR)... 15 minFORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD............. (FHT)... 0 dBFORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD......... (FAHT).. 0 dBFORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................ (FHH)... 3 dBBSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... -BSC DATABASE UPDATEDCOMMAND EXECUTED
DN9813242Issue 25-5
121
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
The execution printout of the command
ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N,ISIC=0;
is :
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. DEFINEDDTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 60 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)
122 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058077a627
EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS :CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *)CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dBPENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 s
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command
ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y,UDRB=-60,LDRB=-100:MPE=Y::::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=-50,LPTHR=-98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10;
BSC3i DX220-LAB 2007-11-05 17:25:08MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================BCF-0022 BTS-0023 FLEXI23-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WOBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINEDDTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 2 (MS SHALL NOT USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 33 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 30 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 05 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 05NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 10SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... NBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 070 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 100 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 0 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... NRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 00 km (NORMAL CELL)MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YSCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USED
DN9813242Issue 25-5
123
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058077a627
DL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -117 dBUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -117 dBSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NEXTENDED BCCH ENABLED ...................(EBENA).. YUPPER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(UDRB).. -70 dBmLOWER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(LDRB).. -110 dBmC2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS:
CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... N CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 0 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 0 dBPENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 20 s
DFCA PARAMETERS:DFCA MODE ............................(DMOD).. OFFFORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD ..(FHR)... 15 minFORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD .....(FAHT).. 0 dBFORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS ............(FHH)... 3 dBBSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS ........................ –
IBHO PARAMETERS:IBHO GSM ENABLED .....................(IGE)... N
POWER SAVE PARAMETERS:2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)....(PWDT)... 102G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)......(PWUT)... 5
MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED.......(MPE).... YLTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS: GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5 PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dB LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dB RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dB TIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
124 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>
Function With this command you modify the BTS trunk reservation parameters. The command is optional.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: trunk reservation used, limit for free TCHs, number of traffic channels reserved for priority sub-scribers only, restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover, reservation method used in trunk reservation: traffic types, table identification;
SyntaxEQT : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( [ TR = <trunk reservation used> | LIMIT = <limit for free TCHs> | TCRP = <number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only> | RUP = <restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover> | REM = <reservation method used in trunk reservation> ] ... :
[ TT = <traffic types> | TBL = <table identification> ] ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
DN9813242Issue 25-5
125
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS
trunk reservation used
With this parameter you define whether the trunk reservation algorithm is used in the cell. The values are:
If you deactivate the trunk reservation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.
limit for free TCHs
LIMIT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of free traffic channels that must be exceeded before all access attempts are granted. The value is BTS-specific and common to all traffic types of that BTS. The values range from 1 to 16.
number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only
TCRP = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels reserved in the BTS for priority subscribers only. The values range from 0 to 8.
restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover
With this parameter you define if the priority channels are available only for priority sub-scribers also in an incoming handover. The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
TR = Y Trunk reservation algorithm is in use.
N Trunk reservation algorithm is not in use.
Parameter Value Explanation
RUP = Y TCRP-defined number of traffic channels is available only for priority subscribers also in an incoming handover.
126 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>
reservation method used in trunk reservation
With this parameter you define which reservation method of traffic channels the trunk reservation algorithm uses. The values are:
traffic types
TT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the traffic type(s) that will be attached to the decision threshold table. The values range from 1 to 10.
You can attach multiple traffic types to the same decision threshold table by using the grouping characters & and &&. If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter table identification (TBL).
To detach the BTS's traffic types that are not attached to any decision threshold table, enter this parameter without the parameter table identification (TBL).
The traffic types are:
table identification
TBL = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of the trunk reservation decision threshold table which will be attached to the BTS. The values range from 0 to 64.
Use value 0 to detach the defined traffic type(s) from all decision threshold tables. In addition, if you have not defined the traffic types (parameter TT), all traffic types of that BTS are detached from all decision threshold tables.
Examples 1. Attach traffic type 1 of BTS-2 to the decision threshold table number 2. The trunk reservation algorithm is in use and the limit for free TCHs is 3.
ZEQT:BTS=2:TR=Y,LIMIT=3:TT=1,TBL=2;
N All traffic channels are available for all subscribers in an incoming handover.
Parameter Value Explanation
REM = DYN dynamic reservation method
STAT static reservation method
Traffic types:
1 GSM call setup
2 MCN call setup
3 GSM handover
4 MCN handover
5 Priority call setup
6 Priority handover
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
127
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
2. Attach traffic types 1 - 3 of BTS-7 to decision threshold table 6, traffic type 4 to table 8, and traffic types 5 - 10 to table 1. The trunk reservation algorithm is not used and the limit for free TCHs is 2.
ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=N,LIMIT=2:TT=1&&3,TBL=6:TT=4,TBL=8:TT=5&&10,TBL=1;
3. Detach traffic types 1 - 4 of BTS-8 from any decision threshold table.
ZEQT:BTS=8::TT=1&&4,TBL=0;
4. Detach all traffic types of BTS CENTRUM1 from any decision threshold table. Define 2 traffic channels for priority subscribers only. Restrict the access of other than priority subscribers for 2 traffic channels also in incoming handover. Define the res-ervation method the traffic channels' trunk reservation algorithm uses to static.
ZEQT:NAME=CENTRUM1:TCRP=2,RUP=Y,REM=STAT:TBL=0;
5. Set trunk reservation on in BTS 7.
ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y,LIMIT=12:TT=1,TBL=6:TT=2,TBL=4:TT=4,TBL=5:TT=6,TBL=1;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
DECISION THRESHOLD TABLE RELATIONS MODIFIED===========================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM1----------–-------------------------–--------–-------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... Y *)LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. 12TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... 0RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... NRESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... STAT
TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 6 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 4 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 1 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -
128 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1d9
EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
129
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>Function With this command you modify the GPRS parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio
Network Configuration Database). The command is optional.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: GPRS enabled, EGPRS enabled <option>, routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, default GPRS capacity, max GPRS capacity, prefer BCCH frequency GPRS, DL adap-tation probability threshold, UL adaptation probability threshold, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, coding scheme no hop, coding scheme hop, initial MCS for acknowledged mode, initial MCS for unacknowl-edged mode, maximum BLER in acknowledged mode, maximum BLER in unacknowl-edged mode, mean BEP offset GMSK, mean BEP offset 8PSK, EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option>, coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option>, DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, adaptive LA algorithm, extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option>, extended cell location keep period <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option>: network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>: BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS uplink through-put factor for MCS1-MCS4, BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9, BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4, EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option>, DLDC enabled <option>: DTM enabled <option>;
Syntax
EQV : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( [ GENA = <GPRS enabled> | EGENA = <EGPRS enabled> <option> | RAC = <routing area code> | CDED = <dedicated GPRS capacity> | CDEF = <default GPRS capacity> | CMAX = <max GPRS capacity> | BFG = <prefer BCCH frequency GPRS> | DLA = <DL adaptation probability threshold> | ULA = <UL adaptation probability threshold> | DLB = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | ULB = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | DLBH = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | ULBH = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | COD = <coding scheme no hop> | CODH = <coding scheme hop> | MCA = <initial MCS for acknowledged mode> | MCU = <initial MCS for unacknowledged mode> | BLA = <maximum BLER in acknowledged mode> |
130 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
BLU = <maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode> | MBG = <mean BEP offset GMSK> | MBP = <mean BEP offset 8PSK> | ELA = <EGPRS link adaptation enabled> <option> | CS34 = <coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled> <option> | DCSA = <DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | UCSA = <UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | DCSU = <DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | UCSU = <UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | ALA = <adaptive LA algorithm> | EXGENA = <extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled> <option> | EXKEEP = <extended cell location keep period> <option> | DCSEA = <DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | DCSEU = <DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEA = <UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEU = <UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | MCEA = <initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | MCEU = <initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> ] ... :
[ NSEI = <network service entity identifier> <option> | TRAT = <transport type> <option> | PSEI = <packet service entity identifier> <option> ] :
[ TFU = <BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4> | TFD = <BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 > | TFUM1 = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4> | TFUM = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> | TFDM = <BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> EAW = <EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays> <option> ... | EAS = <EGPRS inactivity alarm start time> <option> | EAE = <EGPRS inactivity alarm end time> <option> | DCENA = <DLDC enabled> <option> ] :
[ DENA = <DTM enabled> <option> ] ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
131
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.
GPRS enabled
With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell during the normal operation of the cell.
EGPRS enabled <option>
With this parameter you enable or disable the EGPRS capability in the BTS. All GPRS-enabled (GTRX=Y) TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable. This parameter can be given only to MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Also GPRS must be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable EGPRS traffic in the BTS.
PCU Object State
This parameter shows the state of PCU object in RNW database. The value is changed by system when logical PCU plug-in-unit is restarting. System modifies this parameter during PCU restart, BCSU reset/switchover or system reset.
Parameter Value Explanation
GENA = Y GPRS is enabled.
N GPRS is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
EGENA = Y EGPRS is enabled.
N EGPRS is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
PCU Object State 0 PCU is working.
2 PCU has reset but it is under configuration.
132 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
routing area code
RAC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255.
You can modify this parameter only when the value of the GENA parameter is N.
dedicated GPRS capacity
CDED = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the share of PSW-only channels in a cell. The values range from 0 to 100%.
The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the CDEF param-eter.
You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.
default GPRS capacity
CDEF = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a cell. The channels in the default GPRS territory are used primarily for packet switched traffic. However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the default GPRS territory for circuit switched use.
The values range from 1 to 100%.
The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDED parameter.
You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.
max GPRS capacity
CMAX = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum number of packet switched (PSW) channels in a BTS. The values range from 1 to 100%.
The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDEF parameter.
You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.
prefer BCCH frequency GPRS
With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs are preferred in GPRS channel allocation.
Parameter Value Explanation
BFG = 0 No prioritisation is determined between TRXs.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
133
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.
DL adaptation probability threshold
DLA = decimal number
With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in downlink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaption.
UL adaptation probability threshold
ULA = decimal number
With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in uplink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop
DLB = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop
ULB = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop
DLBH = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and Frequency Hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
1 GPRS channels are allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX.
2 GPRS channels are allocated primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.
Parameter Value Explanation
134 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop
ULBH = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
coding scheme no hop
With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in RLC (Radio Link Control) in case frequency hopping is not used. The param-eter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
The values are:
coding scheme hop
With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in radio link control (RLC) when frequency hopping is used. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.
The values are:
initial MCS for acknowledged mode
MCA = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of an EGPRS TBF for RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter Value Explanation
COD = 0 Link adaptation is used.
1 CS-1 is used.
2 CS-2 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
CODH = 0 Link adaptation is used.
1 CS-1 is used.
2 CS-2 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
MCA= 1 MCS-1 is used.
2 MCS-2 is used.
3 MCS-3 is used.
. .
. .
. .
DN9813242Issue 25-5
135
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
initial MCS for unacknowledged mode
MCU = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the MCS used at the beginning of an GPRS TBF for RLC unacknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
maximum BLER in acknowledged mode
BLA = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate of the first transmission in EGPRS RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 10 to 100%.
maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode
BLU = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate in EGPRS RLC unac-knowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 100, and the actual unit is one tenth of that.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
8 MCS-8 is used.
9 MCS-9 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
MCU= 1 MCS-1 is used.
2 MCS-2 is used.
3 MCS-3 is used.
. .
. .
. .
8 MCS-8 is used.
9 MCS-9 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
BLU= 1 0.1%
2 0.2%
3 0.3%
. .
. .
. .
100 10%
Parameter Value Explanation
136 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
mean BEP offset GMSK
MBG = decimal number
With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported GMSK mean BEP values before EGPRS link adap-tation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The param-eter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from –31 to 31.
mean BEP offset 8PSK
MBP = decimal number
With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported 8PSK mean BEP values before BEP table lookups, and before EGPRS link adaptation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from –31 to 31.
EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option>
With this parameter you enable or disable EGPRS link adaptation on cell level. If EGPRS link adaptation is disabled, the system uses the MCS value defined by initial MCS for acknowledged mode or initial MCS for unacknowledged mode parameters or a lower MCS. The values range from 0 to 2.
coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether the Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application software is used in the BTS.
With the rates of 14.4 and 20.0 kbit/s of coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4, a considerable gain in the data rate can be achieved for GPRS Mobile Stations not supporting EGPRS.
Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used without EGPRS due to the fact that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used both in GPRS and in EGPRS territories. However, Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used with EGPRS as well.
The parameter can be enabled only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTS plus, and Flexi Multiradio with EDGE if the BTS software supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application software, the TRXs under the BTS are using Dynamic Abis, and the PCU card supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
ELA = 0 EGPRS link adaptation is disabled.
1 EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for the RLC acknowledged mode.
2 EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for both the RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged modes.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
137
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED.
DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
DCSA = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether link adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in downlink direction.
The values are:
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
UCSA = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in uplink direction.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
CS34= Y Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are enabled.
N Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
DCSA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
138 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
DCSU = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
UCSA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
DCSU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
139
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite,Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
UCSU = decimal number
With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction.
The values are:
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
adaptive LA algorithm
With this parameter you can define if the used Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not. This parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multira-dio BTSs.
The values are:
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
UCSU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
140 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether the Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE is enabled in the cell. When this parameter is enabled,
• the EGTCH channels can be used for GPRS/EDGE traffic in extended area TRXs in the GPRS/EDGE-enabled cell and
• all TRXs under the BTS(s), which has a GPRS-enabled TRX (GTRX=Y), must be defined to the dynamic Abis pool and they must have EDGE-capable hardware.
GPRS must also be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable GPRS/EDGE traffic in the extended area of the cell.
Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs support the extended cell for GPRS/EDGE functionality.
The values are:
extended cell location keep period <option>
EXKEEP = decimal number
With this parameter you define the time period that tells how long the MS's service area is kept in the PCU's memory following release of all TBFs allocated for the MS.
The values range from 0 to 44 s
The parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs.
DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>
DCSEA = decimal number
With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direc-tion.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
ALA= Y Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled.
N Adaptive LA algorithm is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
EXGENA= Y Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is enabled.
N Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is disabled.
Parameter Value Explanation
DCSEA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
141
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>
DCSEU = decimal number
With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unac-knowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direction.
The values are:
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
DCSEU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
142 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>
UCSEA = decimal number
With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction.
The values are:
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>
UCSEU = decimal number
With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unac-knowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
UCSEA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
UCSEU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.
1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.
2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
143
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option>
MCEA = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate the initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation.
The values range from 1 to 9.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option>
MCEU = decimal number
With this parameter you define the initial EGPRS coding scheme to be used for RLC unacknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell.
The values range from 1 to 9.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.
4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.
5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.
6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.
7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
MCEA= 1 MCS-1 is used.
2 MCS-2 is used.
3 MCS-3 is used.
. .
. .
. .
8 MCS-8 is used.
9 MCS-9 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
144 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.
network service entity identifier <option>
NSEI = decimal number
With this parameter you manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG is connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is changed from value N to Y. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI.
transport type <option>
With this parameter you manually select the transport type of the NSEI which the BTS/SEG uses. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm.
You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.
packet service entity identifier <option>
PSEI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT.
The values range from 0 to 99.
Parameter Value Explanation
MCEA= 1 MCS-1 is used.
2 MCS-2 is used.
3 MCS-3 is used.
. .
. .
. .
8 MCS-8 is used.
9 MCS-9 is used.
Parameter Value Explanation
TRAT= IP NSEI which uses IP transport is selected.
FR NSEI which uses FR transport is selected.
ANY No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
145
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
TFU = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.
BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
TFD = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4
TFUM1 = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.
BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
TFUM = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.
BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
TFDM = decimal number
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.
EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option>
With this parameter you determine the day of week when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
The values are:
Parameter Value Explanation
EAW= ALL every day of the week
MO Monday
. .
. .
. .
SU Sunday
MTF Monday through Friday
NONE disabled
146 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option>
With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
The values are:
Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inac-tivity alarm end time.
EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option>
With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.
The values are:
Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inac-tivity alarm end time.
DLDC enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether the Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or not.
Parameter Value Explanation
EAS= 00-00 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.
. .
. .
. .
23-45 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.
Parameter Value Explanation
EAE= 00-00 The time can be defined in 15 minutes resolution.
. .
. .
. .
23-45 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.
Parameter Value Explanation
DCENA= Y Downlink dual carrier is enabled.
N Downlink dual carrier is disabled.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
147
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
The parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Note that EGPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DLDC.
DTM enabled <option>
With this parameter you define whether the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode or not.
Note that GPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DTM. DTM cannot be enabled at the same time when modifying parameters that require GPRS disabling.
Examples 1. Modify the routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, and the default GPRS capacity for BTS-20.
ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDED=50,CDEF=50;
2. Modify the routing area code of BTS-21. The BTS is unlocked.
ZEQV:BTS=21:RAC=10;
Additional informa-tion
Parameter Value Explanation
DENA= Y Dual transfer mode is enabled.
N Dual transfer mode is disabled.
Parameter Name
EGENA EGPRS enabled
CDED dedicated GPRS capacity
CDEF default GPRS capacity
CMAX max GPRS capacity
CS34 coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled
DCSA DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
UCSA UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode
DCSU DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
UCSU UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode
DCSEA DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode
DCSEU DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode
UCSEA UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode
UCSEU UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode
ALA adaptive LA algorithm
Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V
148 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
TFU BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
TFD BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4
TFUM1 BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4
TFUM BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
TFDM BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9
EAW EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays
EAS EGPRS inactivity alarm start time
EAE EGPRS inactivity alarm end time
DCENA DLDC enabled
PUTD PCU up to date
Parameter Name
GENA GPRS enabled
RAC routing area code
BFG prefer BCCH frequency GPRS
DLA DL adaptation probability threshold
ULA UL adaptation probability threshold
DLB DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop
ULB UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop
DLBH DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop
ULBH UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop
COD coding scheme no hop
CODH coding scheme hop
MCA initial MCS for acknowledged mode
MCU initial MCS for unacknowledged mode
BLA maximum BLER in acknowledged mode
BLU maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode
MBG mean BEP offset GMSK
MBP mean BEP offset 8PSK
ELA EGPRS link adaptation enabled
NSEI network service entity identifier
Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V
Parameter Name
Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)
DN9813242Issue 25-5
149
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
Execution printouts 1) The execution printout of the command
ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDEF=50,CDED=50,BFG=2::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EAS=08-00,EAE=18-00:DENA=N;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1---------------------------–BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
GPRS ENABLE......................................(GENA)... NROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC)... 1EGPRS ENABLE.....................................(EGENA.). NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 2DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 %UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4
TRAT transport type
PSEI packet service entity identifier
EXGENA extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled
EXKEEP extended cell location keep period
MCEA initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode
MCEU initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode
DENA DTM enabled
Parameter Name
Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)
150 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... NDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 1UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 1DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 1UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 1ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 15 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... NDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... N
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
2) The execution printout of the command
ZEQV:BTS=21:GENA=Y,RAC=10,BFG=1,EXKEEP=10::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EAS=08-00, EAE=18-00:DENA=Y;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0021 CENTRUM2-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13
SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX...................................... 0
DN9813242Issue 25-5
151
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058080258f
PCU INDEX....................................... 3 PCU ID.......................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE................................ WORKING
BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10020 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SYROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC).... 10EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 %UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... YDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 6UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 7DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 3UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 2ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 10 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/s
152 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058080258f
EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>
BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... NDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... Y
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeGeneral Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeRadio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
153
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1df
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAME-TERS
Function With this command you modify GPRS control parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option>, NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option>, NCCR number of zero results <option>, NCCR other PCU cell offset <option>, QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold;
SyntaxEQN : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( NRTW = <NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size> <option> | NRIW = <NCCR rxlev idle mode window size> <option> | NNZR = <NCCR number of zero results> <option> | NOPO = <NCCR other PCU cell offset> <option> | QGDRT = <QC GPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QGURT = <QC GPRS UL ack throughput threshold> | QEDRT = <QC EGPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QEURT = <QC EGPRS UL ack throughput threshold> ) ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
154 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1df
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.
NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option>
NRTW = decimal number
With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in transfer mode. The values range from 0 to 10.
NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option>
NRIW = decimal number
With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in idle mode. The values range from 0 to 10.
NCCR number of zero results <option>
NNZR = decimal number
With this parameter you define the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results of the adjacent cells are averaged. The values range from 0 to 10.
NCCR other PCU cell offset <option>
NOPO = decimal number
With this parameter you define the used offset for power budget NCCR criterion of the neighbour cells under control of different PCU than the serving cell. The values range from 0 to 14 dB by steps of 2 dB.
QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold
QGDRT = decimal number
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.
QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold
QGURT = decimal number
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.
QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold
QEDRT = decimal number
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
155
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS
Id:0900d8058061d1df
QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold
QEURT = decimal number
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.
Examples 1. Modify the NCCR Rxlev transfer mode window size for BTS 32.
ZEQN:BTS=32:NRTW=6;
2. Modify the NCCR number of zero results for segment 105.
ZEQN:SEG=105:NNZR=3;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-18 18:04:34
GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=========================================
SEG-0032 BIGCENTRUM32BCF-0021 BTS-0032 CENTRUM32-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 6NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 3NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 4NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 08 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command example 2 is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-07-13 10:46:44
GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=========================================
SEG-0105 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0101 BTS-0112 CENTRUM112BCF-0101 BTS-0113 CENTRUM113BCF-0103 BTS-0125 CENTRUM125-------------------------------------
NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 7NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 6
156 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1df
EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS
NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 3NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 04 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
157
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>
Function With this command you modify data service parameters. The command is optional.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: HSCSD TCH capacity minimum, HSCSD cell load upper limit, HSCSD cell load lower limit, HSCSD regular cell load upper limit, HSCSD upgrade guard time, HSCSD down-grade guard time, HSCSD upgrade gain, HSCSD minimum exhaust;
SyntaxEQX : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( HTM = <HSCSD TCH capacity minimum> | HCU = <HSCSD cell load upper limit> | HCL = <HSCSD cell load lower limit> | HRCU = <HSCSD regular cell load upper limit> | HUT = <HSCSD upgrade guard time> | HDT = <HSCSD downgrade guard time> | HUG = <HSCSD upgrade gain> | HME = <HSCSD minimum exhaust> ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
158 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.
HSCSD TCH capacity minimum
HTM = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the minimum TCH capacity in percent which is offered to HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls in the cell. In low traffic load situation, the HSCSD calls can have more TCHs than indicated by the parameter. Also, the minimum HSCSD capacity may not always be reached due to single-slot traffic con-gestion.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
HSCSD cell load upper limit
HCU = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for cell load when the multi-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot allocation is started for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls.
When the cell load is greater than the upper limit and the minimum HSCSD capacity is reached, only one channel is allocated for new non-transparent HSCSD calls, transpar-ent HSCSD calls are not started and one of the current HSCSD calls is downgraded for every incoming call. Downgradings are stopped and transparent HSCSD calls are allowed when either the number of HSCSD TCHs drops below the minimum HSCSD capacity or the cell load decreases below the upper limit.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
HSCSD cell load lower limit
HCL = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the lower limit in percent for cell load when the single-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the multi-slot allocation is started and resource upgrades are allowed for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
HSCSD regular cell load upper limit
HRCU = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for the cell load in the IUO regular frequency area when the multi-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot
DN9813242Issue 25-5
159
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
allocation is started for the HSCSD calls. Resource upgrades are not done in the IUO regular frequency area.
The values range from 0 to 100%.
HSCSD upgrade guard time
HUT = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource upgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource upgrade is not done.
The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds.
HSCSD downgrade guard time
HDT = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource downgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource downgrade is not done.
The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds.
HSCSD upgrade gain
HUG = decimal number
With this parameter you determine the data rate gain which must be achieved before the resource upgrade can be done even though the upgrade guard time is not over.
The values are:
HSCSD minimum exhaust
HME = decimal number
With this parameter you determine how much the data rate should decrease at least during the downgrade of an HSCSD call. The values range from 1 - 4:
Parameter Value Explanation
HUG = 0 % No upgrade during guard time.
33 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 33%.
50 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 50%.
100 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is 100%.
Parameter Value Explanation
HME = 1 One TCH is always released in downgrade.
2 Downgrade is made from four to two, three to two, two to one TCHs.
160 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>
Figure 13 TCHs after downgrade
Examples 1. Set BTS-8's HSCSD downgrade guard time to 25 seconds.
ZEQX:BTS=8:HDT=25;
2. Set BTS CENTRUM1's HSCSD cell load upper limit to 80%.
ZEQX:NAME=CENTRUM1:HCU=80;
Additional informa-tion
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQX:BTS=16:HTM=35;
is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 08:21:34
DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:
3 Downgrade is made from four to two, three to one, two to one TCHs.
4 Only one TCH is always left after downgrade.
Parameter Value Explanation
TCHs after downgrade:
HME 2 1 1
4 1 1 1
123
4 3 2 TCHs before
3 2 1 TCHs after2 2 1 downgrade
Parameter Name
HTM HSCSD TCH capacity minimum
HCU HSCSD cell load upper limit
HCL HSCSD cell load lower limit
HRCU HSCSD regular cell load upper limit
Table 13 BTS-specific parameters in command X
Parameter Name
HUT HSCSD upgrade guard time
HDT HSCSD downgrade guard time
HUG HSCSD upgrade gain
HME HSCSD minimum exhaust
Table 14 SEG-specific parameters in command X
DN9813242Issue 25-5
161
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>
Id:0900d8058061d1e2
========================================================
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 %HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 %HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 %HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 %HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 sHSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 sHSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 %HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
162 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>Function With this command you modify the BTS adaptive multi-rate speech codec (AMR) param-
eters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional and is supported by the following BTS generation types: Talk-family, PrimeSite, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: AMR radio link timeout, AMR HR radio link timeout <option>, AMR FR codec mode set, AMR HR codec mode set, AMR-WB codec mode set: AMR FR start mode, AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR FR DL threshold 1, AMR FR DL threshold 2, AMR FR DL threshold 3, AMR FR UL threshold 1, AMR FR UL threshold 2, AMR FR UL threshold 3, AMR FR hysteresis 1, AMR FR hysteresis 2, AMR FR hysteresis 3, AMR HR start mode, AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR HR DL threshold 1, AMR HR DL threshold 2, AMR HR DL threshold 3, AMR HR UL threshold 1, AMR HR UL threshold 2 , AMR HR UL threshold 3, AMR HR hysteresis 1, AMR HR hysteresis 2, AMR HR hysteresis 3, AMR-WB FR threshold 1, AMR-WB FR threshold 2, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2;
SyntaxEQY : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
( ARLT = <AMR radio link timeout> | AHRLT = <AMR HR radio link timeout> <option> | FRC = <AMR FR codec mode set> ... | HRC = <AMR HR codec mode set> ... | ACMS = <AMR-WB codec mode set> ) :
( FRS = <AMR FR start mode> | FRI = <AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)> | FRTD1 = <AMR FR DL threshold 1> | FRTD2 = <AMR FR DL threshold 2> | FRTD3 = <AMR FR DL threshold 3> | FRTU1 = <AMR FR UL threshold 1> | FRTU2 = <AMR FR UL threshold 2> | FRTU3 = <AMR FR UL threshold 3> | FRH1 = <AMR FR hysteresis 1> | FRH2 = <AMR FR hysteresis 2> | FRH3 = <AMR FR hysteresis 3> | HRS = <AMR HR start mode> | HRI = <AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)> | HRTD1 = <AMR HR DL threshold 1> | HRTD2 = <AMR HR DL threshold 2> | HRTD3 = <AMR HR DL threshold 3> | HRTU1 = <AMR HR UL threshold 1> | HRTU2 = <AMR HR UL threshold 2> | HRTU3 = <AMR HR UL threshold 3> | HRH1 = <AMR HR hysteresis 1> |
DN9813242Issue 25-5
163
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
HRH2 = <AMR HR hysteresis 2> | HRH3 = <AMR HR hysteresis 3> AFRT1 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 1> | AFRT2 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 2> | AFRH1 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1> | AFRH2 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2> ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
AMR radio link timeout
ARLT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR connections.
The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.
AMR HR radio link timeout <option>
AHRLT = decimal number
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR HR connections.
The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.
AMR FR codec mode set
FRC = decimal number
164 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a full rate channel. If the param-eter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled.
The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR FR set related parameters (thresh-olds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.
g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) full-rate (FR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, 7.40, and 12.2 kbit/s only.
AMR HR codec mode set
HRC = decimal number
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a half rate channel. If the param-eter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled.
The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR HR set related parameters (thresh-olds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.
Parameter Value Explanation
FRC= 0 disabled
1 4.75 kbit/s
2 5.15 kbit/s
4 5.90 kbit/s
8 6.70 kbit/s
16 7.40 kbit/s
32 7.95 kbit/s
64 10.2 kbit/s
128 12.2 kbit/s
Parameter Value Explanation
HRC= 0 disabled
1 4.75 kbit/s
2 5.15 kbit/s
4 5.90 kbit/s
8 6.70 kbit/s
16 7.40 kbit/s
DN9813242Issue 25-5
165
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) half-rate (HR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, and 7.40 kbit/s only.
AMR-WB codec mode set
With this parameter you define whether the AMR-WB codec mode set is enabled or dis-abled.
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
AMR FR start mode
With this parameter you define explicitly the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. AMR FR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR FR codec mode set. For example, the AMR FR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR FR start mode is from 1 to 3.
AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or if it is implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:
Parameter Value Explanation
ACMS = N AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled
Y AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled
Parameter Value Explanation
FRS = 00 codec mode 1
01 codec mode 2
10 codec mode 3
11 codec mode 4
Parameter Value Explanation
FRI = 0 Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09.
1 Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
166 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR FR start mode parameter is set as 00.
AMR FR DL threshold 1
FRTD1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR DL threshold 2
FRTD2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTD1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTD2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
DN9813242Issue 25-5
167
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
AMR FR DL threshold 3
FRTD3 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR UL threshold 1
FRTU1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTD3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTU1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
Parameter Value Explanation
168 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
AMR FR UL threshold 2
FRTU2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR UL threshold 3
FRTU3 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTU2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRTU3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
169
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
AMR FR hysteresis 1
FRH1 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 1 or AMR FR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR hysteresis 2
FRH2 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 2 or AMR FR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1.
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1.
AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRH1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
170 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR FR hysteresis 3
FRH3 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 3 or AMR FR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR start mode
With this parameter you explicitly define the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:
Parameter Value Explanation
FRH2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
FRH3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
DN9813242Issue 25-5
171
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 00. AMR HR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR HR codec mode set. For example, the AMR HR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR HR start mode is from 1 to 3. The exception is that 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used as the initial codec mode.
AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or is it implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR HR start mode parameter is set as 00.
AMR HR DL threshold 1
HRTD1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter Value Explanation
HRS = 00 Codec mode 1
01 Codec mode 2
10 Codec mode 3
11 Codec mode 4
Parameter Value Explanation
HRI = 0 Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09.
1 Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTD1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
172 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
AMR HR DL threshold 2
HRTD2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR DL threshold 3
HRTD3 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTD2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTD3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
173
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
AMR HR UL threshold 1
HRTU1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR UL threshold 2
HRTU2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTU1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTU2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
174 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
AMR HR UL threshold 3
HRTU3 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR hysteresis 1
HRH1 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 1 or AMR HR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRTU3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
175
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
AMR HR hysteresis 2
HRH2 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 2 or AMR HR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1.
AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3.
AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR HR hysteresis 3
HRH3 = decimal number
Parameter Value Explanation
HRH1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
HRH2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
176 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 3 or AMR HR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.
If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.
AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1
AFRT1 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate).
The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter Value Explanation
HRH3= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
AFRT1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
DN9813242Issue 25-5
177
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2
AFRT2 = decimal number
With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).
The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1.
The values range from 0 to 63.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1
AFRH1 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
Parameter Value Explanation
AFRT2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
62 31.0 dB
63 31.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
AFRH1= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
178 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2
AFRH2 = decimal number
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate).
AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1.
The values range from 0 to 15.
The parameter is coded according to the following table:
The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Examples 1. Modify the adaptive multi rate AMR codec parameters of BTS-20.
ZEQY:BTS=20:FRC=2&4&8&16:FRS=11,FRTD1=8,FRTD2=14,FRTD3=22;
Additional informa-tion
There are some restrictions related to the content of the AMR HR codec set:
1. The AMR HR codec mode 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used alone in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s must be included.
2. The use of AMR HR codec mode 6.70 kbit/s alone or together with the 7.40 kbit/s mode is not recommended in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s should be included.
3. If the initial codec mode is defined by the AMR HR start mode field, the 7.40 kbit/s mode cannot be used as the initial codec mode. It is not recommended to use the 6.70 kbit/s mode as the initial codec mode.
Execution printouts The execution printout of example 1 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:31
ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE SPEECH CODEC MODIFY COMPLETED:
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
AFRH2= 0 0.0 dB
1 0.5 dB
2 1.0 dB
. .
. .
. .
14 7.0 dB
15 7.5 dB
Parameter Value Explanation
DN9813242Issue 25-5
179
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
==================================================
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. 12 SACCH BLOCKSAMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). 12 SACCH BLOCKS
AMR FR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... 7.40 6.70 5.90 5.15 kbit/sAMR FR START MODE............................(FRS)... 00AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... 0AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). 8.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). 14.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). 22.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). 4.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). 7.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). 11.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. 2.0 dB
AMR HR CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR HR START MODE............................(HRS)... 00AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... 0AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). 22.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). 28.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). 0.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). 22.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). 28.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). 0.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. 0.0 dB
AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. NAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). 4.0 dBAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). 7.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). 2.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2). 2.0 dB
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
180 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058078e1fb
EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
181
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1e9
EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>
Function With this command you check the IUO interfering cells. The command is optional.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>;
SyntaxEQQ : [ BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ] ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
Examples 1. Check all IUO interfering cells in BTS-8.
ZEQQ:BTS=8;
2. Check IUO interfering cells in BTS 8, 9, 10, and 13.
182 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1e9
EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>
ZEQQ:BTS=8&&10&13;
Additional informa-tion
If the warning TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP is given as output, reduce the number of interfering cells in the super-reuse fre-quency group.
The total number of interfering cells allowed is 10 in the same super-reuse frequency group. The total number includes different interfering cells of the super-reuse TRXs which belong to the same super-reuse frequency group.
Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 2 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-22 14:16:42TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP:
NUMBER OF INTERFERING CELLS TOTAL==========================================BTS-0008 FRT-2 19 TRX-001 6 TRX-002 10 TRX-003 3
FRT-16 11 TRX-005 3 TRX-006 2 TRX-007 6
BTS-0009 FRT-8 14 TRX-001 7 TRX-002 5 TRX-003 2
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
183
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERSFunction With this command you output the BTS, GPC, or SEG-specific parameter groups in the
BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, location area code, cell identity, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: parameter group;
SyntaxEQO : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... ) | ( LAC = <location area code>, CI = <cell identity> ) | ( SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) :
[ <parameter group> | <IDE> def ] ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
location area code
LAC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the location area number of a cell. The values range from 1 to 65533.
If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter CI. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
cell identity
CI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the cell. The values range from 0 to 65535.
If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter LAC. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
184 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
parameter group
With this parameter you define which BTS parameter group is output.
IDE BTS identification parameters
CEL cell access parameters
RAD radio link control DL parameters
QUE queuing parameters
CCH CCH configuration parameters
INT interference averaging parameters
MIS miscellaneous parameters
HOP frequency hopping parameters
BCC BCCH frequency list usage parameters <option>
TRU trunk reservation parameters <option>
GPRS GPRS parameters <option>
DAT data service parameters <option>
AMR AMR parameters <option>
GPC GPRS control parameters <option>
ALL all parameters
The default is the IDE parameter group.
Examples 1. Output the BTS identification parameter group of BTSs 1, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20.
ZEQO:BTS=1&16&&20;
2. Output the frequency hopping parameter group of BTSs 1, 2, and 3.
ZEQO:BTS=1&&3:HOP;
3. Output all BTS parameters of BTS-10.
ZEQO:BTS=10:ALL;
DN9813242Issue 25-5
185
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
4. Output all BTS parameters of BTSs HIGHWAY1 and CENTRUM1.
ZEQO:NAME=HIGHWAY1&CENTRUM1:ALL;
Additional informa-tion
If you deactivate a software product in the PRFILE, although you have specified the cor-responding parameter, a warning text is printed out. The software products and their cor-responding parameters are:
Execution printouts The abbreviations used in the execution printouts:
BB= Baseband hopping is used.
BL= Blocked.
BL-BCF= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal BTS-site-wide failure.
BL-BTS= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal sector-wide failure on the BTS site.
BL-CLK= The object is blocked out of use due to a clock synchronisation failure on the BTS site.
BL-DGN= The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to base station diag-nostic activities.
BL-PWR= The object is blocked out of use due to a mains power failure or manual TRX power down on the BTS site.
BL-PWS= The object is blocked out of use due to automatic power down.
BL-RSL= The object is blocked out of use due to a telecom Abis D-channel link disconnection.
BL-RST= The logical radio network object is blocked out of use due to the reset of the corresponding physical radio network equipment.
BL-SHD= The object will be blocked out of use within a time limit. New call attempts are prohibited via an object in the BL-SHD state and forced handovers are executed for ongoing calls via the object.
BL-SU= The object is blocked out of use due to a BCSU unit reset on the BSC.
BL-SWO= The object is blocked out of use due to File Based Plan Provisioning activation.
BL-SYS= The radio network management function class of the BSC has blocked the logical object out of use due to ongoing radio network recovery actions which are triggered because of fatal faults in the BSS radio network.
BL-TRX= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal TRX-wide failure on the BTS site.
Software product Parameter
Directed retry DR (directed retry used)
Intelligent DR IDR (intelligent directed retry used)
Dual band GSM/GSM 1800 DBC (adjacency on other band)
Enhanced trunk reservation TR (trunk reservation used)
C2 microcell re-select PI (cell reselection parameter index)
Table 15 PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters
186 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
BL-TST= The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to radio network testing activities.
BL-USR= The operator has blocked the object out of use. The administrative state of the object is locked or the related higher-level object is locked.
BL-WAC= The object is blocked out of use, because it is waiting for the Autocon-figuration or the Automatic Picocell Planning.
CS = DFCA MA List is for CS use.
PCU IS NOT UP TO DATE = DLDC information of the BTS is not updated to PCU.
PCU IS UP TO DATE = DLDC information of the BTS is updated to PCU.
PS = DFCA MA List is for PS use.
RF= Radio frequency hopping is used.
WO= The object is in the normal function state. From the viewpoint of the BSS call control functions, the WORKING radio network resource is avail-able for call control use.
1) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:IDE; is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32
BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS:==============================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW....................(CHW).....0
BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)
NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 2
BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4
LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567
BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... RFUNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... NANTENNA HOPPING..........................(AHOP)... N
DN9813242Issue 25-5
187
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... 2 UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... - DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS(DMAL)... CS: 1 3 PS: 1 3 DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. 3
HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... 3 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... 4 UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... 0
COMMAND EXECUTED
2) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=20:CEL;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS:=======================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... YCALL REESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED.............(RE)..... NEMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... NPLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... 01,04,06NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... 03,07,11,12,15ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... Y *)DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... Y *)INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... Y *)CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... GSMMIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... 0MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... 5DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... 0
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
COMMAND EXECUTED
3) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:RAD;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS:=================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------
188 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 dBMS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 27 dBmMS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00....................(TXP2)... 30 dBmRXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBmRADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKSPOWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dBGPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00................(GTXP2).. 30 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBmDIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBmRA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 02 dBC31 HYSTERESIS...........................(CHYS)... YPRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 7HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... N
COMMAND EXECUTED
4) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:QUE;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
QUEUEING PARAMETERS:====================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... 020 %TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... 12 SECONDSTIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... 12 SECONDSQUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... Y QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... 05 QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... 04 QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... 06MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... N
COMMAND EXECUTED
5) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:CCH;
is:
DN9813242Issue 25-5
189
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS:=============================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... 01NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... 04TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... 04.6 HOURSALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... Y
COMMAND EXECUTED
6) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:INT;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS:==================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM20-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm
COMMAND EXECUTED
7) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:MIS;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
190 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS:=========================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 1 (CALL SERVING TYPE AND SPEECH CODEC HAS TO BE ALLOCATED PRIMARILY)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... Y *)RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 %AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 %AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 %TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 sDL NOISE LEVEL...........................(DLN).... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL...........................(ULN).... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NEXTENDED BCCH ENABLED....................(EBENA).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)........ (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWUT).. 5MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED............(MPE)... N
DN9813242Issue 25-5
191
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS...........(QSRI)... never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS......(QSRP)... never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET..........(FDD).... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.....................(FDM).... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET..............(FDMO)... 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD....................(FDR).... -100 dBm BTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING..... (SMREPS).. N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING.. (IMREPS).. 10 FACCH BUSY THRESHOLD................. (FACHBT).. 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD.................. (RACHBT).. 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL... (RSRDL)... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL... (RSRUL)... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL................. (RSDL).... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL................. (RSUL).... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER........... (ETOP).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN DL................. (RFDL).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN UL................. (RFUL).... DISABLED APPLY REPEATED FACCH................. (ARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION........... (CUCONF).. HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.............. (TXDIV)... DISABLEDDFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... - DFCA TRX FAULT STATUS............................ -IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED...........................(IGE)... NO IBHO WCDMA ENABLED.........................(IWE)... NOLTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS:GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dBLOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dBRESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dBTIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
COMMAND EXECUTED
192 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
8) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=7&&11:HOP;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32
FREQUENCY HOPPING PARAMETERS:=============================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0007 CITY7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... BB (BASEBAND HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1......(HSN1)... 12 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2......(HSN2)... 16 MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 *) MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 *) MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... - *)
UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... BB (BASEBAND HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 10 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 *) UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 *) UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... - *)
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... DFCA DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: 1 PS: 1 DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. - *)
MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT:
THERE IS NO OVERLAY TRX UNDER BTS
DFCA TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-003 L BL-US 976 - - - - - - - -
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0008 CITY8-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
DN9813242Issue 25-5
193
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 8 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124
UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... -
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -
MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT
OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7 TRX-005 U WO 24 BCCH - - - - - - - TRX-006 U WO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TRX-007 U WO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TRX-008 U WO 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS
SEG-0002 BIG63CENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0009 CITY9-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 6 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 3 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124
UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 0
194 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... -
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -
MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT
OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-009 U WO 64 BCCH - - - - - - -TRX-010 U WO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3TRX-011 U WO 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4TRX-012 U WO 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS
*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0010 CITY10-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 20 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 6 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124
UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 22 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 9 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... 112 FREQUENCIES: 1 3 21 23 45 49 77 81 85 89 113 117 119 121
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -
DN9813242Issue 25-5
195
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -
MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT
OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-013 U WO 96 BCCH - - - - - - -TRX-014 U WO 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6TRX-015 U WO 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7TRX-016 U WO 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
UNDERLAY TRXS:TRX-001 U WO 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9TRX-002 U WO 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10TRX-003 U WO 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11TRX-004 U WO 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE
SEG-0003 BIGCENTRUM3BCF-0003 BTS-0011 CITY11-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... N (NOT HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 0 *) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 *) MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 *) MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... - *)
UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... N (NOT HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... - *) UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... - *) UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 *) UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... - *)
DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. - *)
MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT
OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7
196 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
TRX-001 U WO 100 BCCHTRX-002 U WO 104TRX-003 L BL-USR 110TRX-004 U WO 116
THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS
*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE
COMMAND EXECUTED
9) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=4:TRU;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS:=============================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0004 COUNTRY2-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... Y *)LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. 12TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... 0RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... NRESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... STAT
TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 6 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 4 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 1 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -
*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE
COMMAND EXECUTED
10) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=7:BCC;
is:
DN9813242Issue 25-5
197
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS:=====================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 10BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y
COMMAND EXECUTED
11) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=7:DAT;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32
DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS:=====================================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
HSCSD TCH CAPASITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 %HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 %HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 %HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 %HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 sHSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 sHSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 %HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1COMMAND EXECUTED
12) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=7:GPRS;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32
BTS GPRS PARAMETERS:========================================
198 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13
SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX................................... 0 PCU INDEX.................................... 3 PCU ID....................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE............................. WORKING
BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10001 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SY ROUTING AREA IDENTIFICATION......................(RAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...........................(MCC).... 110 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...........................(MNC).... 20 LOCATION AREA CODE............................(LAC).... 34560 ROUTING AREA CODE.............................(RAC).... 10EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(DLA).... 20 %UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(ULA).... 10 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(DLB).... 68 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(DLBH)... 11 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10 (1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... YDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 3
DN9813242Issue 25-5
199
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 3DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 5UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 5ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 15 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... YDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... N
COMMAND EXECUTED
13) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=1:AMR;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:31
BTS ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE CODEC (AMR) PARAMETERS:===============================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. 12 SACCH BLOCKSAMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). 12 SACCH BLOCKS
AMR FR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR FR START MODE............................(FRS)... 00AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... 0AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). 8.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). 14.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). 22.0 dB
200 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d80580802591
EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). 8.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). 14.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). 22.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. 2.0 dB
AMR HR CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR HR START MODE............................(HRS)... 00AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... 0AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). 22.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). 28.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). 0.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). 22.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). 28.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). 0.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. 0.0 dB
AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. YAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). 3.0 dBAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). 7.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). 2.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2). 2.0 dB
COMMAND EXECUTED
14) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:BTS=11:GPC;
is:
DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-08 14:41:37
GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS:========================
SEG-0011 BIGCENTRUM11BCF-0010 BTS-0011 CENTRUM11-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO
NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 4NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 6NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 5NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 10 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s
DN9813242Issue 25-5
201
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS
Id:0900d80580802591
COMMAND EXECUTED
15) The execution printout of the command
ZEQO:SEG=1:IDE;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS :===============================
SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0003 CENTRUM3----------------------------–––––––––CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012
BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)
NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 3
BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4
LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
202 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>
EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFER-ENCE MATRIX DATA <option>
Function With this command you output the background interference matrix data. The command is optional.
Background interference matrix (BIM) tables contain cell-level information. However, you can identify the target of the command with parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: infor-mation group;
Syntax EQI : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :
[ <information group> | <IBT> def ] ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF.
SEG identification <option>
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.
SEG name <option>
SEGNAME = text string
DN9813242Issue 25-5
203
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.
You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.
information group
With this parameter you define which background interference matrix data group you want to output.
IBT incoming interference BIM table
OBT outgoing interference BIM table
NCB neighbour candidates for BIM update
ALL all BIM data related to the cell
The default is the IBT information group.
Examples 1. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for BTS-20.
ZEQI:BTS=20:ALL;
2. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for SEG-20.
ZEQI:SEG=20:IBT;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS-0020 BIGCENTRUM2
BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 130 2 4 34567 65535 660 7 10928374 157 2 3 13560 5523 128 9 ------ 144 2 5 3567 23543 34 7 15455555
NEIGHBOUR CANDIDATES FOR BIM UPDATE
BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 111 1 6 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ 88 2 3 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ 6 4 1 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------
OUTGOING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
204 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1f1
EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>
BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 13 3 3 345 33243 234 2 00010974 333 7 3 42325 22 321 11 ------ 543 2 6 67 543 34 7 00154555
COMMAND EXECUTED
The execution printout of the command example 2 is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM2
BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA
BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 130 2 4 34567 65535 660 7 10928374 157 2 3 13560 5523 128 9 ------ 144 2 5 3567 23543 34 7 15455555
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
205
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>Function With this command you change the segment of a BTS object in the BSDATA (BSS
Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional. The target and object segments have to be in the LOCKED state.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: SEG identification, SEG name: cell identity: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code;
SyntaxEQU : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :
( SEG = <SEG identification> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ) :
( CI = <cell identity> :
NCC = <network colour code>, BCC = <BTS colour code> :
MCC = <mobile country code>, MNC = <mobile network code>, LAC = <location area code> ) ... ; <option>
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS by itsl number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment.
This parameter is obligatory if parameter NAME is not given.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.
When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment.
This parameter is obligatory if parameter BTS is not given.
SEG identification
SEG = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.
The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC.
206 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>
SEG name
SEGNAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC.
cell identity
CI = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
network colour code
NCC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
BTS colour code
BCC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
mobile country code
MCC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
mobile network code
MNC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.
location area code
LAC = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.
Examples 1. Move BTS-2 from segment 1 to segment 2.
ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2;
DN9813242Issue 25-5
207
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>
Id:0900d8058061d1f4
when the segment is already created is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS SEGMENT CHANGE COMPLETED:===============================
SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.
208 DN9813242Issue 25-5
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC
Id:0900d8058061d1fa
EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE
EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATEFunction With this command you change the administrative state of the BTS.
Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: administrative state: forced handover, time limit;
SyntaxEQS : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :
<administrative state> :
[ <forced handover> | <immediate lock> ] [ <time limit> | <300 sec> def ] ... ;
Parameter explana-tions
BTS identification
BTS = decimal number
With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.
BTS name
NAME = text string
With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.
If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.
administrative state
With this parameter you define the new administrative state of the BTS. When you change the administrative state of a segment, all administrative states of the BTSs in the segment must be changed. The values are:
L locked state
U unlocked state
The parameter is obligatory.
forced handover FHO
With this parameter you force handovers in order to clear the traffic in the BTS.
You can enter this parameter only when the administrative state is changed from UNLOCKED to LOCKED.
The default is that the BTS is set to LOCKED state immediately, and calls are cut off.
time limit
With this parameter you define the time in seconds after which traffic is cleared in the specified BTS. If the traffic is not cleared by forced handovers by the end of the time limit, the calls are cut off.
The values range from 1 to 500 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.
DN9813242Issue 25-5
209
EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE
Id:0900d8058061d1fa
Examples 1. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from UNLOCKED to LOCKED with forced handovers and the default time limit.
ZEQS:BTS=20:L:FHO;
2. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED.
ZEQS:BTS=20:U;
3. Change the administrative state of BTS CENTRUM1 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED.
ZEQS:NAME=CENTRUM1:U;
Execution printouts The execution printout of the command
ZEQS:BTS=1:L;
is:
BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32
BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE CHANGED:=================================
SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR
BSC DATABASE UPDATED
COMMAND EXECUTED
Semantic error messages
If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.
Execution error messages
If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.